Eia coal convying at PIBT Port Qasim by NESPAK

NATIONAL ENGINEERING SERVICES PAKISTAN (PVT.) LIMITEDConsulting Engineers

Draft

13th Floor, N.I.C.L Building, Abbasi Shaheed Road, Off: Shahra-e-Faisal, KARACHI-74400, Ph. No.+92-21-99090000, +92-21-99225277-84 Fax No. +92-21-35651994, +92-21-99225366, E-mail: [email protected] & [email protected] Website: www.nespak.com.pk

Table of Contents EIA of Coal Conveying System - Port Qasim, Karachi

NESPAK ToC - i July, 2016

Table of Contents

Description Page

Executive Summary

1.0 Introduction

1.1 Project Background …………………………………………………………………… 1-1

1.2 Scope of Study ………………………………………………………………………… 1-2

1.3 Study Objectives ………………………………………………………………............ 1-2

1.4 Need of EIA Study for the Proposed Project ……………………………………….. 1-3

1.5 The Proponent and Consultant ………………………………………………………. 1-4

1.6 Study Team ……………………………………………………………………………. 1-4

1.7 Study Approach & Methodology …………………………………………………….. 1-5

1.7.1 Study Approach ……………………………………………………………… 1-5

1.7.2 Methodology …………………………………………………………………. 1-5

1.8 Extent of the Study …………………………………………………………………… 1-8

1.9 Structure of the Report ………………………………………………………………. 1-9

2.0 Policy, Legal and Administrative Frameworks

2.0 General................................................................................................ 2-1

2.1 Legal Framework................................................................................................ 2-1

2.1.1 Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency Review of IEE/EIA

Regulations,2000............................................................................................... 2-1

2.1.2 Pakistan Environmental Assessment Procedure 1997......................... 2-1

2.1.3 Sindh Environmental Protection Act,2014............................................... 2-2

2.1.4 Sindh EPA Review of IEE/EIA Regulations,2014................................... 2-2

2.2 Sindh Environmental Quality Standards (SEQS), 2016.................................... 2-3

2.2.1 Air Quality Standards............................................................................ 2-4

2.2.2 Noise Quality Standards....................................................................... 2-4

2.2.3 Drinking Water and Wastewater Quality Standards............................. 2-5

2.3 Other Relevant Laws………………………………………...................................... 2-7

2.4 Policy Framework................................................................................................ 2-12

2.4.1 National Environment Policy, 2005........................................................ 2-12

2.4.2 National Resettlement Policy, 2002....................................................... 2-12

2.4.3 National Power Policy, 2013.................................................................. 2-12

2.5 Administrative Framework.................................................................................. 2-13

2.5.1 Port Qasim Authority GoP…………………………….…………………… 2-13

2.5.2 Environmental Protection Agency, Sindh..................................... 2-13


NESPAK ToC - ii July, 2016

3.0 Description of the Project

3.1 Rationale of the Project ……………………………………………………………. 3-1

3.2 Coal Handling Facilities at Port Qasim ……………………………………………. 3-2

3.3 Transport of Coal from PIBT to Coal Fired Power Plants ……………………….. 3-3

3.4 Coal conveying System from PIBT to Existing Railway network ………………. 3-5

3.5 Site Selection for coal Conveyor from PIBT to New Stockyard ………………… 3-9

3.6 Route Selection for coal Conveyor from PIBT to New Stockyard ……………… 3-12

3.7 Location of the Project …………………………………………............................. 3-14

3.8 Project Administrative Jurisdiction ………………………………………………… 3-15

3.9 Project Implementation Schedule………………………….................................. 3-15

3.10 Cost of the Project………………………............................................................ 3-15

3.11 Financing of the Project……………………….................................................... 3-15

3.12 Construction Materials ………………………………………………………………… 3-15

3.13 Construction Camps …………………………………………………………………… 3-15

3.14 Manpower Requirements ……………………………………………………………… 3-15

3.15 Construction Equipment ……………………………………………………………….. 3-16

4.0 Environmental Baseline Profile

4.1 Physical Environment ………………………………………………………………….. 4-1

4.1.1 Topography and Geography ………………………………………………… 4-1

4.1.2 Geology and Soil ……………………………………………………………… 4-1

4.1.3 Climate and Meteorology……………………………………………………… 4-2

4.1.4 Seismicity ……………………………………………………………………… 4-7

4.1.5 Water Resources and Drainage……………………………………………... 4-8

4.1.6 Creek system Hydraulics…….. ……………………………………………… 4-10

4.1.7 Ambient Air Quality …………………………………………………………... 4-10

4.1.8 Air dispersion Modeling of Particulate Matter……………………………… 4-12

4.1.9 Noise Level ……………………………………………………………………. 4-12

4.1.10 Drinking Water Quality…………………………………………………………. 4-13

4.2 Ecological Resources …………………………………………………………………. 4-17

4.2.1 Flora ……………………………………………………………………........... 4-17

4.2.2 Fauna …………………………………………………………………………. 4-19

4.2.3 Wet Lands ……………………………………………………………………. 4-19

4.2.4 Endangered Species………………………………………………………… 4-20

4.2.5 Wild life Sanctuaries and Game reserves……………………………....... 4-20

4.2.6 Critical Habitats……………………………………………………………… 4-20

4.3 Social Economic Structure……………………………………………………………. 4-20

4.3.1 Malir District ………………………………………………………………….. 4-20


NESPAK ToC - iii July, 2016

4.3.2 Study Area …………………………………………………………………… 4-21

4.3.3 Political and administrative Setup ………………..………………………… 4-21

4.3.4 Data Source/Methodology …………………………………………………… 4-22

4.3.5 Characteristics of the Project Area…………………………………………. 4-22

4.4 Economic Conditions…………………………………………………………………. 4-26

4.5 Transportations………………………………………………………………………… 4-28

4.6 Health facilities………………………………………………………………………… 4-29

4.7 Educations…………………………………………………………………………….. 4-30

4.8 Socioeconomic Baseline Survey……………………………………………………. 4-32

4.8.1 Field Survey …………………………………………………………………. 4-32

4.8.2 Survey Results ……………………………………………………………… 4-33

5.0 Public Consultation

5.0 General…………………………………………………………………………………. 5-1

5.1 Consultation and Participation Process ……………………………………………. 5-1

5.2 Methods of Public Consultation........................................................................... 5-2

5.3 Identification of Stakeholders............................................................................... 5-2

5.4 Categories of Stakeholders Contacted................................................................ 5-2

5.5 Major Stakeholders and their Apprehensions...................................................... 5-3

5.6 Consultation Meetings and Formal and Informal Group Discussions................... 5-5

5.7 Concerns / Suggestions of the Stakeholders........................................................ 5-7

5.8 Mitigation Measures proposed by EIA Consultants for Addressing the

Stakeholder’s Concerns.................................................................................... 5-8

5.9 Details of Meetings with the Stakeholders................................................... 5-9

6.0 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

6.0 General……………………………………………………………………………….. 6-1

6.1 Environmental Impact Matrix ............................................................................ 6-1

6.2 Anticipated Impacts during Pre-Construction/Design Phase....................... 6-4

6.2.1 Design and Layout Planning................................................................... 6-4

6.2.2 Topography.& Geology.............................................................................. 6-4

6.2.3 Land Acquisition and Resettlement........................................................ 6-4

6.2.4 Transportation and access.......................................................................... 6-5

6.2.5 Ecological Impacts.................................................................................. 6-5

6.2.6 Flora.................................................................................................... 6-5

6.2.7 Fauna.................................................................................................... 6-6

6.2.8 Marine Fauna and Flora............................................................................. 6-6

6.2.9 Air Quality and Noise.............................................................................. 6-7

6.2.10 Public Utilities......................................................................................... 6-7

6.2.11 Archaeological and Heritage sites............................................................. 6-7


NESPAK ToC - iv July, 2016

6.2.12 Impact on Traffic..................................................................................... 6-8

6.2.13 Seismic Hazard...................................................................................... 6-8

6.3 Anticipated Impacts during Construction Phase........................................... 6-9

6.3.1 Soil.......................................................................................................... 6-9

6.3.2 Construction Camps/Camp Sites........................................................... 6-10

6.3.3 Health and Safety................................................................................... 6-13

6.3.4 Air Quality............................................................................................... 6-16

6.3.5 Noise& Vibrations................................................................................... 6-18

6.3.6 Waste (Construction Waste and Hazardous Waste) ...................... 6-20

6.3.7 Surface and Groundwater ...................................................................... 6-21

6.3.8 Biodiversity Conservation and Natural Resources.................................. 6-22

6.3.9 Disposal of Mucking Material.................................................................. 6-23

6.3.10 Disruption of Existing Public Utilities/ Infrastructure ............................... 6-23

6.3.11 Traffic Management................................................................................. 6-24

6.3.12 Economic Activity.................................................................................... 6-24

6.3.13 Lifestyle and Culture ............................................................................... 6-25

6.3.14 Impacts and Sensitive Receptors.......................................................... 6-25

6.3.15 Impacts of heavy vehicles on the existing road Network...................... 6-26

6.3.16 Physical and Cultural Resources............................................................... 6-26

6.3.17 Storage of fuel on Site............................................................... 6-26

6.4 Anticipated Impacts during Operational Phase .............................................. 6-27

6.4.1 Ecology.................................................................................................... 6-27

6.4.2 Wastewater collection and Treatment at Depot...................................... 6-28

6.4.3 Coal Dust................................................................................................ 6-28

6.4.4 Noise....................................................................................................... 6-32

6.4.5 Solid Waste............................................................................................. 6-32

6.4.6 Socioeconomic....................................................................................... 6-33

6.4.7 Improvement of Infrastructure Facilities...................................... 6-33

6.4.8 Wider Economic Growth........................................................................ 6-33

6.4.9 Better Rail Transportation................................................................ 6-33

6.4.10 Reduced Health Risk and Accidental Hazards................................... 6-33

6.4.11 Fire Hazards..................................................................... 6-34

6.4.11 Emergency Management..................................................................... 6-34

7.0 Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan

7.1 Environmental Management................................................................................. 7-1

7.2 Worker’s Health and Safety................................................................................. 7-2

7.3 Anticipated Impacts During Construction Phase................................................ 7-3

7.4 Environmental Monitoring .................................................................................... 7-15

7.4.1 Construction Phase................................................................................ 7-15


NESPAK ToC - v July, 2016

7.4.2 Operational Phase .................................................................................. 7-16

7.4.3 Responsibilities for Monitoring and Reporting ........................................ 7-17

7.5 Plantation ............................................................................................................. 7-19

7.6 Environmental Technical Assistance and Training Plan....................................... 7-19

7.7 Environmental Monitoring, Mitigation and Training Cost ..................................... 7-20

8.0 Conclusion and Recommendations

Annexure

Annexure-I Sind Environmental Quality Standards SEQS

Annexure-II Environmental Monitoring Results

Annexure-III Noise Modelling & Methodology

Annexure-IV Air dispersion Modeling of Particulate Matter

Annexure-V Emergency Response Plan

Annexure-VI Tree Plantation Plan

Annexure-VI Attendance Sheet of Scoping Meeting


NESPAK ToC - vi July, 2016

Table

List of Tables

Description

2.1 Ambient Air Quality Standards

2.2 Drinking Water and Wastewater Quality Standards

2.3 SEQS for Drinking Water Quality

2.4 SEQS for municipal &Liquid Industrial Effluents (mg/l)

3.1 Machinery and Equipment Requirement for the Proposed Project

4.1 Meteorological Data (24-hr.) at NWIZ Water Pumping Station PQA

4.2 Meteorological Data (24-hr.) at Pharm Evo, PQA

4.3 Meteorological Data (24-hr.) at PIBT

4.4 Tide Levels at Port Qasim

4.5 Ambient Air Quality Test Results

4.6 Average values of noise levels

4.7 Groundwater Analysis of the Project Area

4.8 Area and Production Average Yield of Crops 1997-1998

4.9 Tree Species of the Project Area

4.10 Population and Intercensal Increase and Growth Rates since 1951

4.11 Percentage of Population by Religion

4.12 Percentage of Population by Mother Tongue and Rural/Urban Areas, 1998.

4.13 Life Time Migrants in the District by Rural/ Urban Areas, 1998

4.14 Percentage (%) of Population by Economic Categories, Gender and Rural/Urban

Areas, 1998

4.15 Number of Schools and Enrollment of Students, 1997-98

4.16 Literacy Ratios by Sex and Rural/Urban Areas, 1981 & 1998

4.17 Gender Ratio of the Respondents

4.18 Age Composition of the Respondents

4.19 Marital Status of the Respondents

4.20 Caste / Ethnic of the Respondents

4.21 Mother Tongue of the Respondents

4.22 Qualification of the Respondents

4.23 Professional Status of the Respondents

4.24 Average Monthly Income of the Respondents

4.25 Average Monthly Expenditures of the Respondents

4.26 Family System of the Respondents

4.27 Average Household Size of Respondents


NESPAK ToC - vii July, 2016

4.28 Ownership Status of the Houses

4.29 Nature of Construction of Houses

4.30 Availability of Utilities

4.31 Source of Water for Domestic Use

4.32 Satisfaction Level with Water Quality

4.33 Satisfaction Level with Industrial Development

4.34 Impact of Proposed Project on Employment of Workers

4.35 Nature of Impact of Project on Employment of Workers

4.36 Location of Proposed Project in High Population Density

4.37 Acquisition of Private Land

4.38 Awareness about the Proposed Project

4.39 Implementation of the Proposed Project

4.40 Perceived Impacts (During construction)

4.41 Perceived Impacts (after Construction)

4.42 Protective Measures

4.43 Pressing Needs of the Project Area

5.1 Stakeholders Contacted in the Project Area

5.2 Major Stakeholders and their Apprehensions in the Project Area

5.3 Schedule of Meetings with Stakeholders and their Concerns / Apprehensions

6.1 Environmental Impact Matrix for the Construction Phase

6.2 Environmental Impact Matrix for the Operational Phase

6.3 Summary of Impact of Work Camp & Mitigation Measures

6.4 Maximum Limits of Noise Levels

6.5 Damage Risk Criteria for Hearing Loss

6.6 List of industries located on the either side of the Conveyor Belt

7.1 Environmental Management Plan

7.2 Budget Estimate for Environmental Monitoring During the Construction and Operation

Phases

7.3 Personnel Training Program/ Technical Assistance Services

7.4 Environmental Mitigation and monitoring Cost

7.5 Break-up for Health Safety & Environment cost

List of Figure

Figure Description

1.1 Study Area of the Proposed Project

3.1 Existing Coal handling Facility at Port Qasim

3.2 Material flow Diagram


NESPAK ToC - viii July, 2016

3.3 Coal Stalk Yard near Railway Track/Sliding

3.4 Combine Stacker Reclaimer

3.5 Load out Station

3.6 Schematic Layout Plan

3.7 Convey System for Coal Stockyard to load out Station

3.8 Potential Sites for Coal Stockyard

3.9 Routes for Coal Conveying System

3.10 Location of the Project

4.1 Wind rose at NWIZ Water Pumping Station PQA

4.2 Wind rose at PharmEvo, PQA

4.3 Wind rose at PIBT

4.4 Seismic zoning map of Pakistan

4.5 Present Water Supply Zones of Karachi

4.6 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring in the Project Area

4.7 noise level measurement at the project site.

4.8 A General View of Water Sampling

4.9 Floral species present in the project area

4.10 The Map of Malir District

4.11 A view of Karachi International Airport

4.12 A view of Karachi Bin Qasim Port

4.13 A view of Malir City

4.14 A view of Pakistan Steel Mills

4.15 Age Composition of the Respondents

4.16 Marital Status of the Respondents

4.17 Caste/Ethnic Group of the Respondents

4.18 Mother Tongue of the Respondents

4.19 Qualification of the Respondents

4.20 Professional Status of the Respondents

4.21 Average Monthly Income of Respondents

4.22 Average Monthly Expenditures of Respondents

4.22 Family System of the Respondents

4.23 Average Household Size of Respondents

4.24 Ownership Status of the Houses

4.25 Nature of Construction of House

4.26 Availability of utilities for Respondents

4.27 Source of Water for Domestic Use

4.28 Satisfaction Level with Water Quality


NESPAK ToC - ix July, 2016

4.29 Satisfaction Level with existing with Industrial Development

4.30 Impact of Proposed Project on Employment of Workers

4.31 Nature of the impacts proposed by the Respondents

4.32 Location of Proposed Project

4.33 Acquisition of Private Land

4.34 Awareness about the Proposed Project

4.35 Implementation of Proposed Project

4.36 Impacts Perceived by Respondents

4.37 Impacts Perceived by Respondents

4.38 Protective Measures Suggested by Respondents

4.39 Pressing Needs of the Project Area

5.1 Interviews and group discussions with stakeholders

Acronyms EIA of Coal Conveying System - Port Qasim, Karachi

NESPAK 1 July, 2016

ACRONYMS

AASHTO : American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials

BOD : Bio-chemical Oxygen Demand

BDL : Below Detection Limit

BWSR : Combine Bucket with Stake Reclaimer OC : Degree Centigrade

CCS : Coal Conveying System

CC : Construction Contractor

CO : Carbon Monoxide COD : Chemical Oxygen Demand

dBA : Decibel

DC : Design Consultant DNL : Day-night level EC : Environmental Committee

EIA : Environmental Impact Assessment EMMP : Environmental Monitoring & Management Plan

EMT : Emergency Response Group

EPA : Environmental Protection Agency

EPD : Environmental Protection Department

ERP : Emergency Response Plans

FGDs : Focused Group Discussions

GoP : Government of Pakistan

GoS : Government of Sindh

HSE : Health Safety and Environment

Km : Kilometer

KW&SB : Karachi Water & Sewage Board KESC : Karachi Electric Supply Corporation KMC : Karachi Metropolitan Corporation MGD : Million Gallons per Day

mg/L : Milligram per Liter

MSL : Mean Sea Level

NWIZ : North West Industrial Zone NCS : National Conservation Strategy NEQS : National Environmental Quality Standards

NEP : National Environmental Policy

NESPAK : National Engineering Services Pakistan (Pvt.) Limited NGO : Non-Government Organization NOC : No Objection Certificate

Acronyms EIA of Coal Conveying System - Port Qasim, Karachi

NESPAK 2 July, 2016

NRP : National Resettlement Policy

ND : Not Defined

PEPA : Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency

PNCS : Pakistan National Conservation Strategy PM : Particulate Matter PPC : Pakistan Penal Code PHED : Public Health Engineering Department

PMU : Project Management Unit ppm : Parts per million

PIBT : Pakistan International Bulk Terminal PQA : Port Qasim Authority RAP : Resettlement Action Plan

ROW : Right of Way

RP : Resettlement Plan

SEPA : Sindh Environmental Protection Agency

SEL : SUPARCO Environmental Lab

SPT : Standard Penetration Test

STP : Sewage Treatment Plant

SOx : Sulfur Oxides

SC : Supervision Consultant

SUPARCO : Pakistan Space and Upper Atmosphere Research Commission SWM : Solid Waste Management

SBCA : Sindh Building Control Authority

SSGC : Sui Southern Gas Company SEQS : Sindh Environmental Quality Standards TA : Technical Assistance

TOR : Terms of Reference

TDS : Total Dissolved Solids

TSS : Total Suspended Solids USEPA : United States Environmental Protection Agency WHO : World Health Organization

Executive Summary EIA of Coal Conveying System - Port Qasim, Karachi

NESPAK ES-i July, 2016

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

A) PROJECT BACKGROUND Electricity is considered to be most essential instrument for the socio-economic

development of a country. According to the “Annual Plan 2015-16” Pakistan

continues to suffer from the power crisis as nearly one-third of demand for

electricity, during the last year, could not be met due to the supply constraints. On

average, the supply deficit of around 5,000 Megawatt (MW) was experienced, while

it touched the peak of over 7,000 MW last July. And Pakistan’s existing primary

energy supplies are highly skewed towards more expensive fuels like oil and gas

instead of indigenous hydro and coal. Out of 67 Million Tons of Oil Equivalent

(MTOE) of total primary energy mix for 2013-14, 46.4 per cent share is of natural

gas, 35 per cent oil, 11.4 per cent hydro, 5.4 per cent coal and two per cent nuclear,

including imported energy. Disproportionate reliance on the imported oil, that is, 85

per cent of the total oil supply, is exerting a strain on the balance of payments

besides making the energy mix unfavorable.

To reduce the current deficit in the power supply in the country GoP has

implemented the “National Power Policy 2013” in the power sector.

Most of the upcoming coal fired power plants are being planned on imported coal

coming from South Africa, Indonesia or Australia.

Imported coal arriving at Port Qasim will be off loaded at Pakistan International Bulk

Terminal (PIBT) from where it will be transported to the coal fired power plants

situated in various parts of country.

The under construction PIBT, a private sector BOT project for handling coal, clinker

and cement is expected to start operations by December 2016. PIBT has been

planned for handling the import of coal and export of cement and clinker. The initial

handling capacity of PIBT is 8 million tonnes under its Phase-I and Phase-II. The

capacity will be enhanced to 12 million tones under Phase-III.

There are essentially two (02) modes of transport that are envisaged from PIBT to

the power plants.

a) By road, using trucks: This is seen to be practical mainly for local power plants situated closer to Port

Qasim as the large number of trucks required to transport coal to plants located in


NESPAK ES-ii July, 2016

other parts of the country would significantly increase truck traffic in the port area as

well as the highway network adding to congestion on the roads, increasing the

chances of accidents and having an adverse impact on the environment.

b) By Rail, using wagons: This is considered to be a safe and efficient method of bulk coal transportation over

long distances and is suitable for supply to power plants in other parts of the

country.

The main railway tracks are located on northern side of Port Qasim in North-West

Industrial Zone (NWIZ). Two tracks links Karachi to other parts of the country. These

tracks are also being used for freight trains as reported by Pakistan Railways (PR).

A single track exists on west of NWIZ which connects Port Qasim Marginal Wharf

Berths to Pipri Marshalling Yard and is connected onward with the main railway

lines.

Pakistan Railways track in NWIZ of Port Qasim is 5.0 KM away from PIBT. A

transportation link is needed between PIBT and existing railway track in NWIZ of

Port Qasim. To meet this requirement the Government of Pakistan (GoP) decided to

connect PIBT with existing railway network at Port Qasim with a bulk conveyor. GoP

has directed PQA to develop the connectivity of PIBT with existing railway network

by laying a coal conveying system.

The project is to be undertaken on Engineering, Procurement and Construction

(EPC) basis and is required to be completed on priority basis to meet the demand of

coal at power plants.

The transport of coal through train shall initially reduce the gap between electric

power demand and supply, which will give boost to the economy by way of

employment and increase in the GDP growth.

Additional employment will be generated at the project and power plants and the

use of additional power will create employment in various industries.

The project is expected to be environmentally in conformity with national

environmental laws.

The alternative to the conveyor system would be transport of coal, from PIBT to

railway yard, by trucks. This mode of transportation would be inefficient, slow,


NESPAK ES-iii July, 2016

unsafe, will cause pollution and road traffic congestion at port.

Presently, there is no connection between PIBT & existing railway network at

Port Qasim and hence, this link needs to be constructed.

Pakistan Railways has informed that the railway network cannot be extended to

PIBT due to the steep gradient and interface issues with the main line. Therefore;

connection between PIBT and existing railway network is required. GoP has

decided that this connectivity shall be through conveyor. The coal conveyor is to

be installed from PIBT to the existing Pakistan Railway Network measuring

approximately 4.5 km.

The Cabinet Committee in its meeting on 16th September, 2015 decided that Port

Qasim Authority (PQA) shall take up the installation of conveying system from

PIBT to existing Railway Network at Port Qasim

Working Mechanism: As per the conceived scheme, PIBT will unload the coal at its jetty and stock at its

backup area for the power plants and other consumers located in the vicinity of

Port Qasim. For the power plants and other consumers (if any) located upcountry

the PIBT will unload the vessel/ship at its jetty and load at PQA coal conveying

system for transportation of coal through Pakistan railway.

Transportation of coal from the coal loading area in Port Qasim to various power

plants in the country shall be performed by Pakistan Railways.

PQA’s coal conveyor will transport the coal to a coal stockyard near existing railway

track. The stockyard will be equipped with combined Bucket Wheel Stacker

Reclaimer (BWSR) coal stacking/reclaiming equipment. Coal will be stacked in

stock piles where approximately 440,000 tonnes of coal can be stored. Reclaiming

of coal from stockyard will be performed by the BWSR and coal will be loaded on a

coal conveyor for transportation to the load out station located at the railway track

for loading on railway wagons.

The arrangement for coal stacking, reclaiming and maintaining live and dead

storage at the power plant shall be made by the respective power plants.

Project Description

From PIBT to railway siding and loading of coal onto railway wagons for onward

transportation to the proposed coal fired power plants. The project is being taken


NESPAK ES-iv July, 2016

up on the directive of the Prime Minister’s Office as per the decision of Cabinet

Committee on energy .

The Coal Conveying System from PIBT to existing Railway Network at Port Qasim

shall be carried out as per the approved development scheme and be executed in

a manner that will not obstruct the normal port activities. Scheme of coal conveying

and development is as follows:

Take up of coal outside PIBT Terminal’s premises onto the PQA coal conveyor

and transfer coal through conveyor to PQA’s coal stockyard located near the

existing railway track. Storage of coal in stockpiles by utilizing BWSR in PQA’s

stockyard and loading of coal from stockpiles to belt conveyor via BWSR for

onward transportation up to load out station at railway track.

• Provision of railway loop / siding for coal loading into railway wagons;

• Rapid loading of coal in railway wagons through a load-out station;

• Provision of infrastructure facilities i.e. road, drainage, water supply, storm water

firefighting and sewerage system;

• Provision of water sprinkling system to control coal dust at coal stockyard;

• Provision of wind breaker and coal dust suppression wall around the coal

stockpiles;

• Provision of security and surveillance systems including emergency power

backup;

• Provision of electric power supply (approx.4.5 MW) for the project during

construction and operation;

• Provision of telecommunication connection from existing network; and

• Acquisition of 200 acres of land adjacent to existing railway track on east of PQA

NWIZ in Pakistan Steel Mill Area and necessary ROW required for conveyor.

The coal dust suppression system will be designed during detail design stage. The

following is a general description of the system.

Coal dust from coal stockpile and coal conveyor belt is the major source of fugitive

emissions. Dust suppression using the covers over coal conveyor belt, inbuilt dust

control systems in transfer stations and rapid load-out station, wind breaker wall,

dust suppression wall and water sprinkler system at coal stockyard will be primarily

employed to control the coal dust from these areas.


NESPAK ES-v July, 2016

PQA Coal Conveyor Belt and Coal Stockyard: Different potential routes for coal conveyor belt and sites for coal stockyard were

studied to develop a conveyor belt and coal stockyard.

PQA Coal Conveyor Belt Four (04) routes for the provision of Coal Conveyor Belt were studied by

considering the following factors to identify the most feasible route of coal

transportation from PIBT to PQA coal stockyard. The routes studied are shown in

figure 3.9 and described in detail in section 3.6.2 of this report.

a) Location of first coal transfer station near PIBT (starting point);

b) Location of PQA coal stockyard and load-out station (end point);

c) Minimum changes in the existing natural environment;

d) Relocation of existing utilities;

e) Topography of the area;

f) Geotechnical conditions;

g) Availability of R.O.W;

h) Physical features and impediments along the route;

i) Turning points along the route; and

j) Access roads for the inspection and maintenance of conveyor belt.

PQA Coal Stockyard Different four (04) potential sites as shown in figure 3.8 and discussed in detail in

section 3.5.2 have been studied by considering the following site selection criteria

for the development of PQA coal stockyard from where the coal can be conveyed

to a rapid load-out station for loading railway wagons.

a) Availability of adequate parcel of land along the existing railway track;

b) Minimum changes in the existing natural environment ;

c) Access to site;

d) Relocation of any existing utilities;

e) Proximity to rapid load-out station;

f) Suitability of land with respect to topographic and sub-soil conditions; and

g) Capital and O & M cost of conveying system.

B) NEED FOR EIA STUDY

An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Study has been conducted for

construction of COAL CONVEYING SYSTEM as a mandatory requirement of


NESPAK ES-vi July, 2016

Sindh Environmental Protection Act (SEPA), 2014, Environmental Examination

and Assessments Part VI 17. (1).

The Project Proponent, Port Qasim Authority, (PQA), Government of Pakistan

(GoP), entrusted National Engineering Services Pakistan Private Limited

(NESPAK) to fulfill this regulatory requirement of the project.

C) SCOPE OF STUDY The scope of EIA Study includes Environmental Assessment of the project

including collection of data related to physical, biological and socio-economic

environment, assessment of impacts which may be caused by the project activities

and mitigation measures for the abatement of potential environmental impacts

along with the estimated budgeted cost of mitigation.

This study has been conducted in accordance with the Sindh Environmental

Protection Agency (SEPA) and Government of Sindh (GoS) Guidelines. The study

is based on both primary and secondary data and information. Discussions were

held with stakeholders including, different government department, utility service

providers, community representatives and a wide range of road users and

roadside dwellers.

D) STUDY AREA Figure 1.1 shows the visual examination of Study Area and includes about 500 m buffer

area on either side from the centerline of the median of selected route for coal

conveyor belt and around the PQA coal stockyard.

E) RELEVENT LEGISLATIONS AND POLICIES The 18th amendment in the Constitution of Islamic Republic of Pakistan has

fundamentally altered the division of legislative powers between the National

Assembly and the Provincial Assemblies, resulting in a significant increase in the

extent of provincial autonomy. After this amendment, powers for the grant of No

Objection Certificate (NOC) have been delegated to the provincial EPAs. For this

project, Sindh EPA is the concerned authority.

In compliance with the regulatory requirement and commitment of Port Qasim

Authority (PQA) to sustainable development, this EIA Study has been conducted. The

EIA study has extensively considered all the relevant national and provincial

legislations, regulations and guidelines related to the project.


NESPAK ES-vii July, 2016

F) PROJECT DESCRIPTION The estimated capital cost of the infrastructure development is approximately Rs. 16.0

billion.

G) DESCRIPTION OF THE ENVIRONMENT The baseline information was collected for the Study Area utilizing the checklists,

preforms, Satellite Imagery from Google Earth, and General Topographic (GT)

sheets. Meetings and scoping sessions with all the concerned project stakeholders

were carried out for the collection of primary information, disclosure of Project

interventions, information and to clear queries about the Project. The Study Area was

marked using the GT sheets and Google Earth Image during desk studies which was

later finalized during the field visit.

Physical Environment The physical environment includes topography, regional geology, soils, climate,

hydrology, drainage, seismology, surface water, groundwater, noise levels and

ambient air quality.

Port Qasim is located, adjacent to the Bin Qasim town, in the southern part of Malir

district, Karachi division, in Sindh. It is located in an old channel of the Indus River at

a distance of 35 kilometers east of Karachi city center.

The geographic position of the Port Qasim places it in close proximity to major

shipping routes. The approach to the port is along a 45-kilometre long Navigation

Channel which provides safe navigation for vessels up to 75,000 tones dead weight

(DWT).

The information, as per Geologic Survey of Pakistan, reveals that in the project area

and its adjoining areas only the middle and upper tertiary formations are present. The

formation found in the area is fresh and slightly weathered, recent and sub recent

shoreline deposits. These deposits are derived from Gaj / Manchhar formations of

lower Miocene to Middle Miocene / Upper Miocene to Pliocene age. Similar deposits

are found all along the coastal belt of Karachi and adjoining areas. The seabed is

predominantly sand and silt while the sediment of the delta is fine grained and

resembles the soil from the continental shelf at the mouth of the Indus delta.

Due to proximity to the sea, the city of Karachi has little variation in average maximum

and minimum temperatures. The average annual temperatures during summer are

26oC to 35oC (up to 42oC in May/June), whereas temperature ranges between 10oC


NESPAK ES-viii July, 2016

to 27oC during winter. Day and night temperature also varies considerably as the sea

breeze in the afternoon rapidly decreases day time temperatures.

Seismicity

Sindh Building Control Authority (SBCA) has placed Karachi in Zone-2 B based on

the actual events, the past observations of fault movement and other geological

activities. Karachi is situated in a region where moderate earthquakes may occur of

magnitude 5.0 to 6.0 equivalents to intensity between VII and VIII on Modified

Mercallis Scale (M).

As per the building code of Pakistan, Seismic Provisions 2007, the project area falls in

Zone 2B Seismic Zoning Map of Pakistan (Figure 4.1). The project structures should

therefore be designed to cater for the ground acceleration of 0.16 g to 0.24 g.

Environmental Monitoring To establish the baseline of the project area, air, noise, drinking and ground water

monitoring was carried out near project site. The results of ambient air monitoring,

noise quality, drinking and ground water quality indicates that all parameters are well

within the permissible limits of NEQS.

Ecological Environment The climate of Malir District is arid and it is densely populated with wide variety of

vegetation in the form of natural foliage consisting diversity bushes, shrubs, trees

including agricultural products such as crops, vegetables and fruits.

Flora: The floral species located in the project area are very few mainly the xerophytic.

Shrubs/weeds were observed grown in the project area. The footings for coal

conveyor belt will be installed/erected in the existing green belt located in the median

of the road where about twelve (12) numbers of trees would be affected. These trees

are poplar, neem, molsary and kikar.

Fauna: In near past, Deer (Gazella benetti) Wolf (Canis lupus pellipes), Jackals (Canis

aureus) and Fox (Vulpes bengalenis) were found in abundance. Now days, these

wild animals can be seen only in the center of wild life development.

Among birds Indian Grey partridge, Chest-Nut-Bellied Sand Grouse, Rock Dove,

Indian Little Button Guail and Eurasian Roller are found in Malir District.


NESPAK ES-ix July, 2016

Socio-economic Environment According to District Census Report (DCR) of Malir, 1998, the total area is 2268 Sq.

kilometer yielding a population density of 432.7 in 1998. The population of Malir

district was 981.41 thousand in 1998 as compared to 429.57 thousands in 1981. The

annual growth rate measured 4.98% during the 1981-1998.

A social survey was carried out in the project area to identify the impacts and their

magnitudes on the affected population. A sample of 100 respondents was taken on

the basis of random sampling technique, which included residents, Government

Officials and visitors etc.

SCREENING OF POTENTIAL ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES The project is linked with resolving the energy crisis by providing cheap base electric

power in quantum enough to let the various economic sectors to operate at optimum

capacity utilization and ability to make investment decisions with the knowledge that

cheaper base and reliable electric power shall be available.

Provision of power in adequate quantum will enhance capacity utilization, promote

higher employment, higher tax collection and a virtuous development cycle will be

started.

The potential impacts due to implementation of the proposed Project on physical,

ecological and socio-economic domains of the environment of the Project as well as

the Study Area have been identified.

The important and major impacts and respective mitigation measures are as follows:

Construction Stage During construction of Coal Conveying System, proper mitigation measures are

necessary. During the field survey, significant efforts were made to identify the main

social, cultural and environmental issues related to the project for which a cross

section of the society including residents of the project area, various government

departments and agencies were contacted for obtaining the information. Most of the

perceived impacts are during construction phase. Following is a list of main concerns

identified in the study:

• Disturbance to the public movement during construction;

• Air and noise pollution due to the different construction activities and operation

of construction machinery during construction phase of the project;


NESPAK ES-x July, 2016

• Solid waste generation during construction;

• Accidental leaks/spills of hazardous chemicals from construction activities and

machinery;

• Health and safety issues of the workers;

• Contamination of water body by construction activities; and

• Disturbance in traffic movement during excavation and lying of utility pipe in

relocation of public utilities.

Operational Stage Recommended mitigation measures to contain potential adverse impacts are

described in the Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan (EMMP). EMMP

shall be strictly enforced during the operational phase of the proposed Project.

H) ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT AND MONITORING PLAN The main objective of the Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan is to

ensure that all the necessary corrective actions are carried out to mitigate any

adverse environmental impacts, and that enhancement measures are used wherever

feasible and practical. This program includes Institutional Requirements;

Environmental Monitoring Program; Tree Plantation Plan; Training and Capacity

Building; Reporting Structure and Outcomes; Environmental Management and

Monitoring Cost.

To implement and monitor the mitigation measures, following organizations will be

involved:

• Port Qasim Authority (PQA) as the Proponent;

• NESPAK as the Consultant of the Project (Infrastructures Development only)

• Project Contractor, as the executor of the project;

• EPA-Sindh, as observer and top monitoring agency during the construction and

operations stage.

The Project Proponent will be responsible for ensuring the overall implementation of

EMMP during the construction and operation stages of the project.

Environmental Monitoring is recommended during the construction and operational

phases to ensure the effectiveness of the proposed mitigation measures.


NESPAK ES-xi July, 2016

I) CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS After the assessment of proposed project activities and investigation of the project

area, Screening of potential impacts reveals that the proposed CCS on adoption of

the suggested mitigation measures is an environmentally acceptable proposition.

It is suggested that in order to improve the disturbed ecology of the project site, a

landscape and plantation plan should be prepared and implemented by utilizing

available resources.

It is envisaged that the commitment of the PQA to maintain the quality of the

environment within and adjacent to project area through implementation of the

environmental management plan would mitigate any adverse impacts. For effective

environmental management, PQA should assign the necessary responsibilities to an

Environmental Committee (EC) which should be responsible for implementation of

the Environmental Monitoring of the proposed project.

It is concluded that the proposed project will not result in any significant negative

impact to the community or the environment during construction and subsequent

operation phase.

The mitigation measures are being proposed to control noise emission, wastes and

dust during construction and operation stage of the project. It will be ensured that the

project will comply with all the regulatory requirements, guidelines and safety

standards are followed and that the recommended environmental mitigation

measures as discussed in this report are adopted.

It is envisaged that the commitment of Port Qasim Authority (PQA) to maintain the

quality of environment within and adjacent to the project area through implementation

of the EMMP would mitigate any adverse impacts. For effective environmental

management, Port Qasim Authority (PQA) should assign the necessary

responsibilities to an Environmental Committee which should be responsible for

implementation of the Environmental Management and Monitoring of the proposed

project.

The implementation of Coal Conveying System (CCS) will provide;

• CCS includes features like inbuilt dust control in transfer stations, covered coal

conveyor, mechanized loading unloading features, dust suppression and

complete firefighting arrangements at coal stockyard, and rapid load-out station

for loading the train, all day service spans, and more frequent service than truck


NESPAK ES-xii July, 2016

transport;

• The use of exclusive trains, flexibility and lower-cost of transportation by train

allows it to provide cost effective, environment friendly, safe, swift, and greater

reliability of fuel for power plants;

• Reliable supply of fuel ensures the reliable power generation and supply;

• Improved tax / fare collection;

• The total capacity of a single train is 2400 tonnes;

• The greater frequency and larger quantities of coal transport through train will

reduce traffic on highways;

• Contributes to reductions in traffic crashes;

• Reduced traffic load noise & air pollution; and

• Reduced maintenance of roads.

Some recommendations those need to be followed for the project to make the project

sustainable are:

• The Project impacts and their mitigation will be monitored as per the Monitoring

Plan;

• All mitigation, compensation and enhancement measures proposed in this EIA

report are implemented in full, as described in the document;

• To ensure that the environmental impacts of the project are successfully

mitigated;

• The Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan must be implemented;

and

• The Implementing Agency (PQA) shall ensure that the EMMP prepared by the

contractor includes construction methodologies and submit this to PQA for

review and approval.

At the implementation stage, PQA assisted by Supervision Consultants (SC) will

make arrangements to monitor the implementation of mitigation measures and

conduct environmental effects monitoring activities specified in the EMMP.

With these measures in place, environmental impacts of the Project should be

manageable and will not result in any residual impacts on the project.

Section–1 Introduction EIA of Coal Conveying System - Port Qasim, Karachi

____________________________________________________________________________________________________NESPAK Page 1-1 July, 2016

SECTION–1

INTRODUCTION

1.1 NEED OF THE PROJECT Pakistan continues to suffer from the power crisis as nearly one-third of demand for

electricity, during the last year, could not be met due to the supply constraints. On

average, the supply deficit of around 5,000 Megawatt (MW) was experienced, while it

touched the peak of over 7,000 MW last July1.

Pakistan’s existing primary energy supplies are highly skewed towards more

expensive fuels like oil and gas instead of indigenous hydro and coal. Out of 67

Million Tons of Oil Equivalent (MTOE) of total primary energy mix for 2013-14, 46.4

per cent share is of natural gas, 35 per cent oil, 11.4 per cent hydro, 5.4 per cent coal

and two per cent nuclear, including imported energy. Disproportionate reliance on the

imported oil, that is, 85 per cent of the total oil supply, is exerting a strain on the

balance of payments besides making the energy mix unfavorable1.

Highly expensive generation of electricity (~Rs 12 / unit) due to an increased

dependence on expensive thermal fuel sources (44% of total generation). RFO,

HSD, and mixed are the biggest sources of thermal electricity generation in Pakistan

and range in price from ~Rs 12 / unit for mixed, to ~Rs 17 / unit for RFO, and a

tremendously expensive ~Rs 23 / unit for HSD. Dependence on such expensive fuel

sources has forced Pakistan to create electricity at rates that are not affordable to the

nation and its populace2.

To reduce the current deficit in the power supply in the country GOP has

implemented the “National Power Policy 2013” in the power sector. The main feature

of the policy is to use coal as a lower cost energy source. As a result of policy the

number of coal fired power plant projects are being undertaken including Sahiwal,

Jamshoro and Lakhra.

1- Annual Plan 2015-16

2- National Power Policy 2013


____________________________________________________________________________________________________NESPAK Page 1-2 July, 2016

Coal, as a fuel for power generation, has very low usage in Pakistan and the

infrastructure required for the handling and transportation of bulk coal cargo does not

exist. However, with the new up-coming coal based power projects, the provision of

necessary infrastructure has become an urgent need.

Imported coal arriving at Port Qasim will be off loaded at Pakistan International Bulk

Terminal (PIBT) from where it will be transported to the coal fired power plants

situated in various parts of the country.

The under construction PIBT, a private sector BOT project for handling coal, clinker

and cement is expected to start operations by December 2016. PIBT has been

planned for the import of coal and export of cement and clinker. The initial handling

capacity of PIBT is 8 million tonnes under Phase I & II, which will be enhanced to 12

million tonnes under Phase III.

Transportation of coal from PIBT, Karachi to the coal power plants located in the

vicinity of Karachi / nearby areas will be by trucks but this mode of transport is

unsuitable for plants located in other parts of the country. Therefore, for plants

located at Jamshoro, Lakhra, Muzaffargarh, Sahiwal, etc., coal transport is foreseen

by railway.

Presently, there is no connection between PIBT & existing railway network at

Port Qasim and hence, this link needs to be constructed. The project is to become

part of the existing infrastructure at Port Qasim.

Pakistan Railways has informed that the railway network cannot be extended to PIBT

due to the steep gradient and interface issues with the main line hence; a coal

conveying system is to be installed from PIBT to the Pakistan Railways Network

measuring approximately 4.5km by Port Qasim Authority (PQA).

The proposed project "Coal Conveying System from PIBT to existing railway network

at Port Qasim” will provide an important link in the establishment of a coal

transportation infrastructure. The project derives its need from being an integral part

of imported coal based power projects.

Port Qasim Authority (PQA), GoP entrusted National Engineering Services Pakistan

(NESPAK) with the assignment of carrying out an Environmental Impact Assessment

(EIA) Study of Coal Conveying System from PIBT to existing railway network at Port

Qasim.


____________________________________________________________________________________________________NESPAK Page 1-3 July, 2016

1.2 SCOPE OF STUDY

The scope of EIA Study aims at collection and scrutiny of data related to biophysical

and socio-economic environment of the project area and to prepare the baseline

environmental profile. It also aims at the identification, prediction and evaluation of the

possible environmental impacts of the proposed project on its immediate surroundings

on both short and long-term basis. Based on the nature and levels of these impacts,

appropriate mitigation measures along with their cost have been incorporated in this EIA

Report.

1.3 STUDY OBJECTIVES The overall objective of EIA is to assess the environmental impacts arising from the

project. The specific objectives of the EIA Study for Coal Conveying System (CCS)

from PIBT to Railway Network at Port Qasim are:

Collection of data related to physical, biological and socio-economic

environments of the project area and to prepare baseline environmental profile;

Identification, prediction and evaluation of environmental impacts of the proposed

project;

Suggesting appropriate mitigation measures to minimize the adverse impacts;

and

Preparation of an Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan.

1.4 NEED FOR EIA STUDY OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT

EIA is mandatory according to Sindh Environmental Protection Act, (SEPA), 2014,

Environmental Examination and Assessments Part VI 17. (1), which states that:

“No proponent of a project shall commence construction or operation unless he has

filed with the Provincial Agency an initial environmental examination or, where the

project is likely to cause an adverse environmental effect, an environmental impact

assessment, and has obtained from the Provincial Agency approval in respect

thereof.”

According to the Sindh Environmental Protection Agency (Review of Initial

Environmental Examination and Environmental Impact Assessment) Regulations,

2014, the proposed project falls under category J (Other Projects) of Schedule II, which requires EIA before commencement of construction.


____________________________________________________________________________________________________NESPAK Page 1-4 July, 2016

1.5 THE PROPONENT AND CONSULTANT

The proponent of the project is Port Qasim Authority (PQA) while the Consultant is NESPAK. The details are given as under:

For the Proponent

Director General Port Qasim Authority

Bin Qasim, Karachi-75530, Pakistan Telephone : 021-99272111-30

Facsimile : 021-34730107

Email : [email protected]

For the Consultant

Project Manager National Engineering Services Pakistan Private Limited (NESPAK)

13th Floor, NICL Building, Abbasi Shaheed Road, Karachi

Telephone : 021-35657140

Facsimile : 021-35651994

Email : [email protected]

1.6 STUDY TEAM

A multidisciplinary team was formulated to conduct the study. The team comprises of

the following persons:

Syed Munawwar Abbas

Mukesk Kumar

Riazul Huda

Ainuddin

Syed Ali Sher Shah

Hammad Qamar

Saeed Hussain

Adeel Pervez

Sanober Zubair

Shariq Ullah Khan

Zahir uddin Khan

Project Manager

Project Coordinator/Senior Engineer

Project Adviser (Civil)

Project Adviser (Mechanical)

Team Leader / Environmental Engineer

Environmental Engineer

Sociologist

Environmentalist/Ecologist

Environmental Engineer

Sociologist

Senior Civil Surveyor


____________________________________________________________________________________________________NESPAK Page 1-5 July, 2016

1.7 STUDY APPROACH & METHODOLOGY

1.7.1 Study Approach This study has been conducted in accordance with Environmental Protection Agency

(EPA), Government of Pakistan (GoP) Guidelines, 2000. The study is based on both

primary and secondary data and information. Discussions were held with stakeholders

including government officials, nearest community representatives and -factory owners

and employees. The main purpose of this approach was to obtain a fair impression of

the people’s perceptions of the project and its environmental impacts.

1.7.2 Methodology The following methodology was adopted for carrying out the EIA study of the proposed

Project:

a) Orientation Meetings and discussions were held among the members of the EIA Team. This activity

was aimed at achieving a common ground of understanding of various issues of the

study.

b) Planning for Data Collection Subsequent to the concept clarification and understanding obtained in the preceding

step, a detailed data acquisition plan was developed for the internal use of the EIA

Team. The plan included identification of specific data requirements and their sources;

determined time schedules and responsibilities for their collection; and indicated the

logistics and other supporting needs for the execution of the data acquisition plan.

c) Data Collection In this step, primary and secondary data were collected through field observations,

environmental monitoring in the field, concerned departments and published materials

to establish a baseline profile for physical, biological and socio-economic environmental

conditions.

Following steps were followed to collect the primary and secondary data related to this

study:

- Site Reconnaissance

- Analysis of Maps and Plans

- Literature Review


____________________________________________________________________________________________________NESPAK Page 1-6 July, 2016

- Desk Research

- Public Consultations

- Field Observations & Studies

- Environmental Monitoring and Laboratory Analysis

The data was collected for physical, biological and socio-economic conditions, the

details of which are given below:

i. Physical Environment

Information was gathered on the existing physical environment, particularly as related to

geology, topography, soils, hydrology, drainage, water quality, air quality and noise.

Geology, Topography, Soils

A review of relevant literature was performed on the geology, topography, sub-

soil conditions of the project area.

Hydrology and Drainage

A literature review was conducted to identify the components of the hydrological

cycle that are likely to impact on the project and the possible impacts that the

project could have on the hydrologic regime. Field assessment includes

assessment of drainage issues, interviews with local community members, and

round-table discussions with stakeholders.

Air Quality

Ambient air quality measurements are essential to provide a description of the

existing conditions, to provide a baseline against which changes can be measured

and to assist in the determination of potential impacts of the proposed construction

on air quality conditions. Ambient air quality was continuously monitored for Carbon

Monoxide (CO), Sulphur Dioxide (SO2), Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2), Particulate Matter

(PM10), for 24 hours. CO was analyzed by Test 317-3 CO Analyzer, while SO2

and NO2 were analyzed according to the Standard Operating Procedures (SOP)

based on recognized method ISO 6767 and method ISO 6768 of USEPA

respectively.

Noise

Noise level readings were monitored at 03 (three) sampling point for 24 hours with

the interval of one second and hourly average data was reported.


____________________________________________________________________________________________________NESPAK Page 1-7 July, 2016

Water Quality

The objective of water quality monitoring was to determine water quality condition

before construction. It has been observed that the water and air quality are the

most important environmental variables to be affected in a road project. The extent

of water contamination in the project area was assessed based on the test results

of chemical and microbiological parameters for water. Dissolved oxygen (DO), pH

and conductivity measurements were taken in situ at all sampling stations.

Laboratory analyses have been performed in SUPARCO laboratory.

ii. Biological Environment The status of the flora and fauna of the study area was determined by ecological

survey, a review of literature relevant to the area, and an assessment of terrestrial

environments.

Flora

The vegetative communities were identified and classified into community types.

Identification was carried out of dominant tree species.

Fauna

Information on fauna was gathered from existing literature on reported species as

well as observations in the field.

iii. Socio-Economic Environment The Consultants utilized a combination of desk research, field investigations,

census data, structured interviews, maps and reports to generate the data required

for description of the existing social environment and assessment of the potential

impacts of the construction of the proposed project. Data was gathered on the

following aspects of the social environment:

- Land use and Municipal Status

- Livelihoods

- Poverty

- Education

- Health

- Social Setup

- Community Facilities

- Solid Waste Management

- Proposed Developments


____________________________________________________________________________________________________NESPAK Page 1-8 July, 2016

- Recreational Activities

- Archaeological and Cultural Heritage

d) Identification and Evaluation of Environmental Impacts

The impacts of the proposed project on the physical, biological and socio-economic

environment prevalent in the project area were visualized at the Design, Construction

and Operational Phases.

e) Mitigation Measures and Implementation Arrangements

Adequate mitigation measures and implementation mechanisms were proposed so that

the Project Proponent could incorporate them beforehand in the design phase.

1.8 EXTENT OF THE STUDY

This document covers introduction of project, project description, analysis of

alternatives, baseline conditions, environmental impacts, mitigation measures,

institutional requirements and Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan

(EMMP) of the proposed coal conveyor route, in and around the Project Area covering

the physical, ecological and socio-economic aspects.

a) Study Area

Before proceeding to the environmental assessment of the Project, it is imperative to

delineate the area of project influence (referred to as the “Study Area”). While major

construction activities of the project are expected to remain confined within the project

area boundary, the environmental impact of these activities is expected to extend

beyond these boundaries to nearby residential and industrial areas.

Therefore, based on field visits and examination of the Study Area and surrounding

neighborhoods, the Study Area boundary was delineated. Figure 1.1 shows the visual

examination of Study Area and includes about 500 m buffer area on either side from

the centerline of the median and around the stockyard.

The description of the environment in this chapter pertains to the Study Area described

above as the potential environmental impacts are expected to remain within this

delineated boundary.

EIA OF COAL CONVEYING SYSTEM-PORT QASIM, KARACHI

FIGURE 1.1: STUDY AREA OF COAL CONVEYING SYSTEM


____________________________________________________________________________________________________NESPAK Page 1-9 July, 2016

1.9 STRUCTURE OF THE REPORT

The report has been structured as follows:

Section 1: Introduction briefly presents the project background, objectives,

methodology and need of the EIA study.

Section 2: Policy, Legal and Administrative Framework comprises policy guidelines,

statutory obligations and roles of institutions concerning EIA study of the proposed

project.

Section 3: Description of the Project furnishes information about the location of

proposed project, cost and size of the project, detailed description of project,

alternatives considered for the proposed project to select at the preferred alternative for

detailed environmental assessment.

Section 4: Environmental Baseline Profile establishes baseline conditions for

physical, biological and socio-economic conditions prevalent in the project area.

Section 5: Public Consultation identifies the main stakeholders and their concerns

raised through scoping sessions, stakeholder meetings and deals with the measures to

mitigate the social impacts.

Section 6: Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures identifies,

predicts and evaluates impacts of the project activities during the Construction and

Operation stages and deals with the measures (including mitigation cost) proposed to

mitigate Potential Environmental Impacts of the project.

Section 7: Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan outlines institutional

arrangements for the implementation of the proposed mitigation measures, training

needs of the staff for implementation of the mitigation measures, monitoring

requirements, monitoring cost etc.

Section 8: Conclusions and Recommendations summarize findings of the study and

present its conclusions and recommendations.

Section–2 Policy, Legal and Administrative Framework EIA of Coal Conveying System - Port Qasim, Karachi

NESPAK Page 2-1 July, 2016

SECTION – 2

POLICY, LEGAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK

2.0 GENERAL

This chapter deals with the relevant policy, legal and administrative frameworks

instituted by the Government of Pakistan (GoP) and Government of Sindh (GoS) for

the protection of the environment. All the relevant provisions of these policies and

legal frameworks have been duly considered in this EIA study.

2.1 LEGAL FRAMEWORK

GoS has promulgated laws/acts, regulations and standards for the protection,

conservation, rehabilitation and improvement of the environment. In addition to this,

they have also developed environmental assessment procedures governing

developmental projects. Following are the excerpts of these laws and procedures

relevant to the proposed project.

2.1.1 Sindh Environmental Protection Agency (Review of IEE /EIA Regulations, 2014 The Sindh Environmental Protection Agency review of IEE)/EIA Regulations, 2014

provide the necessary details on the preparation, submission and review of the IEE

and the EIA. The regulation classifies projects on the basis of expected degree of

adverse environmental impacts and lists them in two separate schedules. Schedule-I

lists projects that may not have significant environmental impacts and therefore

require an IEE. Schedule-II lists projects of potentially significant environmental

impacts requiring preparation of an EIA.

2.1.2 Pakistan Environmental Assessment Procedures, 1997

Pakistan Environmental Assessment Procedures (1997) is in fact a package which

contains the following sets of information relevant to the proposed project:

a) Policy and Procedures for Filing, Review and Approval of Environmental

Assessment Reports.



It describes environmental policy and administrative procedures to be followed for

filing of environmental examination/assessment reports by the proponents and their

review and approval by the concerned environmental protection agencies.

b) Guidelines for the Preparation and Review of Environmental Reports

These guidelines are developed to facilitate both the proponents and decision

makers to prepare reports (inclusive of all the information contained therein) and

carry out their review so as to take informed decisions.

c) National Environmental Quality Standards (NEQS), 2010

Pakistan Environmental Protection Council (PEPC) first approved these standards in

1993. They were later revised in 1995, 2000 and 2010. They furnish information on

the permissible limits for discharges of municipal and industrial effluent parameters

and industrial gaseous emissions in order to control environmental pollution.

2.1.3 Sindh Environmental Protection Act, 2014 Legislative assembly of Sindh province of Pakistan passed the bill on 24th February,

2014 to enact Sindh Environmental Protection Act 2014. The Act envisages

protection, improvement, conservation and rehabilitation of environment of Sindh

with the help of legal action against polluters. The Act is the basic legislative tool

that empowers the government to frame regulations to protect the environment. It

broadly applies to air, water, soil, and noise pollution.

Under this Act no project including construction activities or any change in the

existing physical environment can commence unless the fulfillment of prerequisite

to IEE or EIA has been conducted and its approval obtained from the Responsible

Authority, in the present case from Sindh EPA. It equally lays emphasis for the

preservation of the natural resources of Sindh and to adopt ways and means for

restoring the balance in its eco-system by avoiding all types of environmental

hazards.

2.1.4 Sindh EPA (Review of IEE/EIA) Regulations, 2014 The Sindh Environmental Protection Agency (Review of EIA/IEE) Regulations 2014

define Schedules (I & II) of projects falling under the requirement of IEE or EIA taken

account of the requirements of the Sindh Environmental Protection Agency (Review

of EIA/IEE) Regulations 2014 which define Schedules (I & II) as follows:

Schedule I: A project falls in Schedule (I) if it is likely to have adverse environmental

impacts, but of lesser degree or significance than those for category ‘A’ and all the



mitigation measures to handle the impacts are manageable. Such types of projects

need IEE report including EMP.

Schedule II: Projects are categorized in Schedule (II) if they generate significant

adverse environmental impacts that require a comprehensive management plan or if

the project is located within or passes through: a) Areas declared by the Government

of Pakistan as environmentally sensitive (National Parks/Sanctuaries/Game

Reserve), b) Areas of International significance (e.g. protected wetland as designated

by the Ramsar Convention), or c) Areas designated by the United Nations

Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization (UNESCO) as cultural heritage

sites.

According to Sindh Environmental Protection Agency Regulation, 2014, a proponent

of a project falling in any category listed in Schedule II shall file an EIA with the Sindh

Environmental Protection Agency, since the listed projects are generally major

projects and have the potential to affect a large number of people.

The proposed project falls under category J (Other Projects) of Schedule II, which

requires EIA before commencement of construction.

2.2 SINDH ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY STANDARDS (SEQS), 2016

Sindh Environmental Protection Council (SEPC) first approved the SEQS in 2014.

The standards were later revised in 2016 and furnish information on the permissible

limits for discharges of municipal and industrial effluent parameters and industrial

gaseous emissions in order to control environmental pollution.

2.2.1 Air Quality Standards In pursuance of the statutory requirement under Clause (g) of sub-section (1) of

section (6) of the Sindh Environmental Protection Act, 2014, the Sindh Environmental

Protection Agency with prior approval of the Sindh Environmental Protection Council,

has published the SEQS for Ambient Air (amended) 2016, which are given in Table

2.1.



Table 2.1: Ambient Air Quality Standards

# Pollutant SEQS

Time-Weighted average Concentration standard

1 SO2 Annual average 80 µg/m3

24 hours 120 µg/m3

2 NO Annual average 40 µg/m3 24 hours 40 µg/m3

3 NO2 Annual average 40 µg/m3

24 hours 80 µg/m3

4 O3 1 hour 130 µg/m3

- -

5 Suspended Particulate

Matters (SPM)

Annual average 360µg/m3

24 hours 500 µg/m3

6 PM10 Annual average 120 µg/m3

24 hours 150 µg/m3

7 PM2.5 Annual average 15 µg/m3

24 hours 35 µg/m3 1 hour 15 µg/m3

8 Lead Annual average 1 µg/m3 24 hours 1.5 µg/m3

9 CO 8 hours 5 mg/m3 1 hour 10 mg/m3

SEQS= Sindh Environmental Quality Standards 2.2.2 Noise Quality Standards In pursuance of the statutory requirement under clause (g) of sub-section (1) of

section (6) of the Sindh Environmental Protection Act, 2014, the Sindh Environmental


has published the SEQS for Noise (2015). These standards are established for the

four different categories which include residential area, commercial area, industrial

area and silent zone. These standards vary according to the day and night timing;

day time hours are 6:00 am to 10:00 pm and night time hours are 10:00 pm to 6:00

am. Sindh Environmental Quality Standards for Noise effective from January, 2015

are used for bench marking purpose and given in Table 2.2.

Table 2.2: Noise Quality Standards

# Category of Area SEQS (dBA)

Day Time Night Time 1 Residential Area 65 50

2 Commercial Area 70 60

3 Industrial Area 80 75

4 Silence Zone 55 45



2.2.3 Drinking Water and Wastewater Quality Standards In pursuance of the statutory requirement under clause (g) of sub-section (1) of

section (6) of the Sindh Environmental Protection Act, 2014 the Sindh Environmental


has published the National Standards for Drinking Water Quality, domestic Sewerage

and wastewater effluent.(2016).

Table 2.3: SEQS for Drinking Water Quality

Sr.No. Parameters Concentration Standards

SEQS (mg/L)

Chemical Parameters

1 Aluminum (Al) < 0.2

2 Ammonium (NH3) -

3 Antimony (Sb) < 0.005

4 Arsenic (As) < 0.05

5 Barium (Ba) 0.7

6 Boron (B) 0.3

7 Cadmium (Cd) 0.01

8 Chloride (Cl) < 250

9 Chromium (Cr) < 0.05

10 Copper (Cu) 2

11 Cyanide (CN) < 0.05

12 Fluoride (F) < 1.5

13 Iron (Fe) -

14 Lead (Pb) < 0.05

15 Manganese (Mn) < 0.5

16 Mercury (Hg) < 0.001

17 Molybdenum (Mo) -

18 Nickel (Ni) < 0.02

19 Nitrate (NO3) < 50

20 Nitrite (NO2) < 3

21 Selenium (Se) 0.01

22 Silver (Ag) -

23 Sodium (Na) -

24 Sulphate (So3) -

25 Residual Chlorine 0.2-0.5

26 Zinc (Zn) 5.0



Sr.No. Parameters Concentration Standards

SEQS (mg/L)

Physical Parameters

27 Color < 15 TCU

28 Taste Non Objectionable/ Acceptable

29 Odour Non Objectionable/ Acceptable

30 Turbidity < 5 NTU

31 Total hardness < 500 mg/l

32 TDS < 1000

33 pH 6.5-8.5

Biological Parameters

34 E-Coli Must not be detectable in any 100 ml sample

35 Total Coliforms Must not be detectable in any 100 ml sample

Table 2.4: SEQS for municipal &Liquid Industrial Effluents (mg/l)

Sr. No.

Parameter Into Inland Waters

Into sewage

Treatment

Into Sea

1 Temperature 400C or Temperature increase*

≤3oC

≤3oC ≤3oC

2 pH value (H*) 6-9 6-9 6-9 3 Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD)5

at 20oC 80 250 80**

4 Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) 150 400 400 5 Total Suspended Solids (TSS) 200 400 200 6 Total Dissolved Solids (TDS) 3500 3500 3500 7 Oil and Grease 10 10 10 8 Phenolic compounds (as phenol) 0.1 0.3 0.3 9 Chloride (as CT) 1000 1000 SC***

10 Fluoride (as F) 10 10 10 11 Cyanide (as CN) total 1.0 1.0 1.0 12 An-ionic detergents (as MBAS) 20 20 20 13 Sulphate (S04

2) 600 1000 SC*** 14 Sulphate (S2) 1.0 1.0 1.0 15 Ammonia 40 40 40 16 Pesticides 0.15 0.15 0.15 17 Cadmium 0.1 0.1 0.1 18 Chromium (trivalent and hexavalent) 1.0 1.0 1.0 19 Cooper 1.0 1.0 1.0 20 Lead 0.5 0.5 0.5 21 Mercury 0.01 0.01 0.01



22 Selenium 0.5 0.5 0.5 23 Nickel 1.0 1.0 1.0 24 Silver 1.0 1.0 1.0 25 Total toxic metals 2.0 2.0 2.0 26 Zinc 5.0 5.0 5.0 27 Arsenic 1.0 1.0 1.0 28 Barium 1.5 1.5 1.5 29 Iron 8.0 8.0 8.0 30 Manganese 1.5 1.5 1.5 31 Boron 6.0 6.0 6.0 32 Chlorine 1.0 1.0 1.0

2.3 OTHER RELEVANT LAWS

2.3.1 Canal and Drainage Act, 1873 This Act entails provisions for the prevention of pollution of natural or man-made water

bodies.

2.3.2 The Forestry Act 1927 The Forestry Act 1927 provides rules and regulations for the protection of forests,

control of timber and other forest-produce transit, village forest and social forestry.

This act has been comprehensively formed and provides concerned agency the

power to declare protected and reserved forests by government notification, powers

entitled to forest settlement officers, power to acquire land over which right was

claimed, powers to stop ways and water-courses in reserved forests, healing of

claims relating to shifting cultivation, power to issue and publish notification to

reserve trees, power to make rules for protected forests, power to declare forest no

longer reserved, order on rights of pasture or transit forest-produce, record keeping

by the forest settlement officer, commutation of right to appeal, time limit for

resolution of claims and appeals, notification of acts prohibited in such forests

(unlawful cutting of trees) and awarding penalties on violations.

2.3.3 Provincial Wildlife (Protection, Preservation, Conservation and

Management) Acts, Ordinances and Rules (Act, 1972) The Act empowers provincial wildlife departments for the creation of three classes of

special protected areas: national parks, wildlife sanctuaries, and game reserves. It

classifies wildlife by degree of protection, i.e, animals that may be hunted on a permit

or special license, and species that are protected and cannot be hunted under any

circumstances.



2.3.4 Sindh Wildlife Protection Act, 1974 Sindh Provincial Assembly passed the “Sindh Wildlife Protection Act” in 1974. The

Act provides protection, conservation, preservation and management of wildlife and

is applicable on entire areas of Sindh.

The Act regulates the issuance and validity of licenses and permits to public or

V.I.Ps, trapping or shooting near Game Reserves or Sanctuaries, empowering the

government officers to warranting, seizure or inspection of any person or hunting

equipment at any given time, prohibition of cooking of wild animals/birds meat in any

public place, as well as providing a set of fee structure for various permits including

hunting, trapping, possession or import and export of wild animals/birds.

2.3.5 Pakistan Penal Code, 1860 This defines the penalties for violations concerning pollution of air, water bodies and

land.

2.3.6 Pakistan Explosives Act, 1884 This Act provides regulations for the handling, transportation and use of explosives

during quarrying, blasting and other purposes.

2.3.7 Antiquities Act, 1975 The Antiquities Act of 1975 is designed to protect antiquities from destruction, theft,

negligence, unlawful excavation, trade, export and other cultural resources in

Pakistan. The act defines antiquities as ancient products of human activity, historical

sites, or sites of anthropological or cultural interest, national monuments, etc. The law

prohibits new developments in the proximity of a protected antiquity and empowers

the Government of Pakistan to prohibit excavation in any area that may contain such

articles of archaeological significance. Under the Act, the project proponents are

obligated to ensure that no activity is undertaken within 61 m (200 ft) of a protected

antiquity, and to report to the Department of Archaeology, Government of Pakistan

any archaeological discovery made during the course of the project.

2.3.8 Pakistan Clean Air Program

The Pakistan Clean Air Program (PCAP) is an initiative of the Pakistan

Environmental Protection Agency (Pak-EPA) to comprehensively address the air

quality issue in the country. Key elements of the PCAP include an Air Quality

Monitoring Program, Air Quality Indicators, Research Program, Air Quality Resource



Centre, Regulatory Measures, Economic Instruments, Emissions Inventory, Air

Dispersion Models, and Air Quality Abatement Technology Clearing House.

The objectives of the program are to: Protect and enhance the quality of the country’s

air resources; Protect public health and welfare against any actual or potential

adverse effects that may reasonably be anticipated to accrue from air pollution;

Preserve, protect, and enhance the air quality in urban areas and the countryside

and in areas of natural, recreational, scenic, cultural, or historic value, in particular,

the protected areas of the country, i.e., national parks, wildlife sanctuaries, game

reserves, and national monuments.

Ensure that economic growth will occur in a manner consistent with the preservation

of existing clean air resources; Assure that emissions from any source in any

province do not interfere with pollution prevention programs in any other province;

and Assure that Pakistan’s international obligations regarding the trans-boundary

effects of air pollution are met.

2.3.9 Pakistan Guidelines for Public Consultation, (October 1997) These guidelines deal with possible approaches to public consultation and

techniques for designing an effective program of consultation that reaches out to all

major stakeholders and ensures the incorporation of their concerns in any impact

assessment study. These guidelines cover: Consultation, involvement and

participation of stakeholders; Effective public consultation (planning, stages of EIA

where consultation is appropriate); and Facilitation involvement (including the poor,

women and Non-Governmental Organizations (NGOs).

2.3.10 Cutting of Trees Act, 1975

This Act prohibits cutting or chopping of trees without permission of the Forest

Department. The act presents fine or imprisonment or both, for illegal cutting of tree

but has not mentioned any compensatory afforestation. However, it’s a common

practice to plant 7-10 trees for compensation of 1 tree to be rooted up.

2.3.11 Hazardous Substance Rules, 2003

These Rules make provisions for the granting of licences for the collection, treatment,

storage, importation, transportation, etc. of hazardous substances.

They consist of 22 Rules and 5 Schedules. Substances prescribed as hazardous

substances are listed in Schedule I. An Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of



the project involving hazardous substances shall accompany the application to obtain

a licence (Rule 5).

Rules 7 and 8 deal with the issuance of licences, along with the conditions and

requirements of obtaining licensees. Packaging and labelling provisions are outlined

in Rule 9. General safety precautions and precautions for workers are covered in

Rules 11 and 12, respectively. Provisions on the validity, renewal and cancellation of

licences are set out in Rules 13-15, respectively. Authorized staff of the Federal

Agency/Provincial Agency is entitled to enter and inspect the premises in which

hazardous substances are generated, collected, treated, disposed of, stored etc.

(Rule 16).

Safety plans and waste management plans shall be submitted to the Provincial

Agency (Rules 17-19). Details to be provided for the application to licences for the

importation and transportation of hazardous substances are given in Rules 20 and

21, respectively.

2.3.12 Disaster Management Act, 2010 This act declares the establishment of Pakistan's multi-tiered system for disaster

management.

The act is divided into eleven sections:

- Section 01 defines the terms used in the act, such as 'disaster' and 'disaster

management';

- Section 02 declares the establishment of the National Disaster Management

Commission, and explains its structure and responsibilities;

- Section 03 declares the establishment of a Provincial Disaster Management

Commission for each province, and explains its structure and responsibilities;

- Section 04 declares the establishment of a District Disaster Management

Authority for each district, and explains its structure and responsibilities;

- Section 05 explains the various measures that the government is prepared to

take for the purpose of disaster management;

- Section 06 explains the functions of local authorities in terms of disaster

management;

- Section 07 declares the establishment of the National Institute of Disaster

Management, and explains the Institute's responsibilities in research and training;

- Section 08 declares the establishment of a National Disaster Response Force for

more specialized management of disaster events;



- Section 09 explains how the sources of funding the government use to finance

the new disaster management projects;

- Section 10 warns of the punishments for those who abuse the disaster

management system; and

- Section 11 discusses other important factors of the disaster management

projects, such as a policy against discrimination and a plan for developing an

annual disaster management report.

2.3.13 Seismic Building Code of Pakistan, 2007 The objective of the provisions described in this code is to prescribe the minimum

requirements for the earthquake design and construction of buildings and building-

like structures and/or their components subjected to earthquake ground motions.

2.3.14 Land Acquisition Act, 1894 The Pakistani law governing land acquisition is the Land Acquisition Act (LAA) of

1894 and successive amendments. The LAA regulates the land acquisition process

and enables the provincial government to acquire private land for public purposes.

Land acquisition is a provincial responsibility and provinces have also their own

province specific implementation rules like Punjab and Sindh Land Acquisition Rules,

1983. The LAA and its Implementation Rules require that, following an impact

identification and valuation exercise, land and crops are compensated in cash at the

current market rate to titled landowners. The LAA mandates that land valuation is to

be based on the last 3 to 5 years average registered land-sale rates.

2.3.15 Occupational Health, Labor Laws (Amended) Ordinance, 1972 Construction and operational activities can affect the occupational health of the

workers. Quantitative national standards with respect to the above aspect are yet to

be developed in Pakistan. However, guidance in qualitative terms can be obtained

from the Labor Laws (Amended) Ordinance, 1972.

2.3.16 Toxic Or Hazardous Waste, Pakistan Penal Code (PPC), 1860. Environment Protection Agency, Sindh

Protection of the environment with regards to toxic and hazardous waste is covered

by the Pakistan Penal Code (PPC), 1860. Environment Protection Agency, Sindh, is

mandated to monitor the transportation of hazardous materials within the provincial

limits.



2. 3.17 Preservation of Cultural Heritage, The Antiquities Act, 1975,

The Antiquities Act, 1975, administered by the Provincial Government, is aimed at

safeguarding the preservation of cultural heritage, destruction, damage or

defacement of antiquities is an offence under the Act.

2.4 POLICY FRAMEWORK

The Federal and Provincial Ministries dealing with the Environment are responsible

authorities for policy making on environmental protection in Pakistan and respective

provinces.

2.4.1 National Environment Policy, 2005 In March 2005, the GOP launched its National Environmental Policy, which provides

an overarching framework for addressing the environmental issues. Section 5 of the

policy commits for integration of environment into development planning as

instrument for achieving the objectives of National Environmental Policy. It further

states in clause (b) of subsection 5.1 that EIA related provisions of Environmental

Protection Act, 1997, shall be diligently enforced for all development projects. It also

provides broad guidelines to the federal government, provincial governments,

federally administered territories and local governments to address their

environmental concerns and to ensure effective management of their environmental

resources.

2.4.2 National Resettlement Policy, 2002 In March, 2002 Pakistan Environmental Protection Agency (PEPA), GoP issued its

National Resettlement Policy, which explains the basis for compensation,

rehabilitation and relocation of the affectees. It also explains the requirements and

implementation of Resettlement Action Plan (RAP). The Policy still is in the draft form

and has not yet passed Cabinet approval.

2.4.3 National Power Policy, 2013 The Ministry of Water and Power of the Government of Pakistan has developed an

ambitious power policy to support the current and future energy needs of the country.

This bold strategy has been developed to set Pakistan on a trajectory of rapid

economic growth and social development. Simultaneously, it addresses the key

challenges of the power sector in order to provide much needed relief to the citizens

of Pakistan. This policy has been designed to frame the broad contours of the energy



policy articulating the vision for the power sector, highlighting its key challenges,

setting major goals, summarizing policy principles, and highlighting the strategy

devised to achieve Pakistan’s aspirations. The policy does not elaborate on issues

surrounding operational strategy, nor does it lay out detailed implementation plans.

The process of policy and strategy formulation is informed by the following organizing

principles:

a) Efficiency;

b) Competition; and

c) Sustainability.

2.5 ADMINISTRATIVE FRAMEWORK

2.5.1 Port Qasim Authority (PQA) The project falls under administration of Port Qasim Authority (PQA). The

management of PQA will ensure that all the proposed measures are effectively

implemented at the design and construction stages. PQA will be responsible for the

operation and maintenance.

2.5.2 Sindh Environmental Protection Agency (SEPA) Sindh Environmental Protection Council is the apex inter-ministerial and multi-

stakeholders decision-making body, which is headed by the Chief Minister. While

Sindh Environmental Protection Agency is meant for the enforcement of

environmental laws in Sindh, it has powers to review, approval and monitoring of

environmental examination/assessment projects. As regards the proposed Project,

Sindh EPA shall be responsible for reviewing the report, issuing No Objection

Certificate (NOC) and overall/broad-based monitoring of the proposed project

activities.

Section–3 Description of the Project EIA of Coal Conveying System - Port Qasim, Karachi

NESPAK Page 3-1 July 2016

SECTION –3

DESCRIPTION OF THE PROJECT

3.1 RATIONALE OF THE PROJECT

The total power generation in the country, after completion of Chashma Hydro Power

Plant, stands at 15,746 MW as per information from National Transmission and

Dispatch Company Limited (NTDCL). Current deficit of power supply is around 7000

MW which results in load shedding throughout the country.

The future power demand for Pakistan is projected through National Power System

Expansion Plan which provides load forecast. The future demand, even with a low

growth scenario, in years 2019-20 and 2029-30 is estimated as 42,612 MW and

82,457 MW respectively. The situation is, therefore, alarming and needs an

immediate and efficient solution. The GoP is working to attract investment of

adequate quantum into the power generation platform.

Coal, being considered as an economical power generation source, is seen as a

major source for fuelling power generation plants. Coal fired power generation, based

on imported coal, at supercritical and pulverized coal is a viable option for meeting

future demand.

However, necessary infrastructure for efficient transportation of bulk coal cargoes

does not exist in Pakistan. The proposed project will provide an important link in the

establishment of coal transportation infrastructure. The project derives its need from

being an integral part of imported coal based power projects.

Port Qasim is Pakistan’s main deep sea port located on the coastline of the Arabian

Sea. Port Qasim is the second largest port of Pakistan that handles 45% of national

cargo.

Port Qasim Authority (PQA) does not have any dedicated coal handling facility at

present. However, limited quantity of coal is being handled at Marginal Wharf Berths.

Pakistan Steel is handling coal for its own use through Iron Ore and Coal Berth

(IOCB). A new facility is being developed at PIBT for handling coal, clinker & cement



up to 12.0 Million tonnes per annum (MTPA). The locations of the above mentioned

facilities are shown in Figure 3.1.

3.2 EXISTING COAL HANDLING FACILITIES AT PORT QASIM

3.2.1 Marginal Wharf Berth Facility Marginal Wharf berths 1 to 4 have shallow draft (up to 9m) and as such, only small

vessels of 25,000 to 35,000 DWT can be berthed. No facility is available to transport

the coal to existing railway siding located to the north of the Marginal Wharf Berths 1

to 4.

The coal from Marginal Wharf is transported to a temporary stock pile located in

Term Storage Area-A&B of Port Operation Zone. From the stock piles, the coal is

being transported to up-country through trucks and railway.

However, due to low draft and non-availability of requisite equipment, coal cargo

handling capacity at Marginal Wharf is constrained and bulk handling cannot take

place.

3.2.2 Iron Ore and Coal Berth (IOCB) Ships up to 50,000 DWT can be berthed at the Iron Ore and Coal Berth. This berth

can handle cargo of up to 3.03 MTPA with ship to shore un-loaders of 1,000 tonnes /

hr. The Coal from IOCB is transported to Steel Mill Plant through 3.9 km long belt

conveyor.

Bulk handling facility of IOCB can be made available after necessary repair and

maintenance for coal handling. However, IOCB cannot be considered for the coal

unloading terminal of this project because of the on-going privatization process of

Pakistan Steel Mills.

3.2.3 Pakistan International Bulk Terminal (PIBT) A dedicated terminal is being constructed at Port Qasim to handle coal, clinker and

cement by M/s. PIBT on BOT Basis. Under the present Implementation Agreement,

PIBT will handle cargo including coal, up to 8.0 MTPA. However, PIBT has plans to

expand its terminal for handling cargo up to 12.0 MTPA. In the backup area of the

terminal, 1.0 million tonnes of coal can be stacked.

pJIO.l!Cf'!

CONVEYING SYSTEM FROM PIBT COAL TERMINAL TO EXISTING RAILWAY NETMJRK

AT PORT QASIM

PORT QASIM AUTHORITY

CCINIUL.TANT:

••• NATIONAL ENGINEERING SERVICES

.... PAKISTAN (PVI) LIMITID

::..'7"��/n��

��,1� E-tMil:.....,......Rl.ftllfll

EXISTING COAL HANDLING

FACILITIES AT PORT QASIM

FIOURE No. 3.1



Two ships of up to 55,000 tonnes will be able to simultaneously berth at PIBT. The

facility will be capable of accommodating large ships up to 75,000 DWT after

widening and deepening of PQA Navigation Channel. At present, PIBT plans to

transport coal from its stockyard to power plants located in the vicinity of Port Qasim

by using trucks for which it is developing the requisite facility.

At the completion of PIBT terminal two ships of upto 55,000 tonnes will be able to

simultaneously berth at PIBT. The facility will be capable of accommodating large

ships up to 75,000 DWT after widening and deepening of PQA Navigation Channel.

The project is scheduled for completion in December 2016; PIBT at Port Qasim will

be first link in the supply chain of imported coal for the power plants.

3.3 TRANSPORT OF COAL FROM PIBT TO COAL FIRED POWER PLANTS

There are essentially two modes of transport those can be employed for the

transportation of coal from PIBT to the power plants.

3.3.1 Transport of coal by road:

This is seen to be practical mainly for local power plants situated closer to Port

Qasim as the large number of trucks required to transport coal to plants located in

other parts of the country would significantly increase truck traffic in the port area as

well as:

- Increased traffic & congestion on highways

- Increased pollution from large number of trucks

- Increased demand for diesel to run the trucks

- Possibility of greater number of accidents

- Increased pollution from the loading and unloading activities

- Increased pollution from coal transportation by road

- Massive wear and tear of road infrastructure due to movement of heavy

vehicles

- Increase in maintenance cost of the road network

3.3.2 Transport of coal by rail: This is considered to be a safe and efficient method of bulk coal transportation over

long distances and is suitable for supply to power plants in other parts of the country.

- Reduced pollution from mechanized loading and unloading activities



- Reduced pollution from coal transportation by train

- Reduced truck traffic due to bulk transport through trains

- Reduced traffic & congestion on highways thus reduced number of

accidents.

- Low demand for diesel to run the trains

- Less road wear and tear

Pakistan Railway has informed PIBT that railway link cannot be constructed up to

PIBT Terminal due to existing ground condition. Hence, a transportation link is

needed between PIBT and railway track in North West Industrial Zone (NWIZ) of Port

Qasim. To meet this requirement the Government of Pakistan (GoP) has decided to

connect the PIBT with existing railway network at Port Qasim with a belt conveyor.

GoP directed Port Qasim Authority to develop the connectivity of PIBT with existing

railway network by laying a coal conveying system upto existing railway tracks.

The main railway tracks are located on northern side of Port Qasim in NWIZ. Two

tracks link Karachi to other parts of the country. These tracks are also being used for

freight trains as reported by Pakistan Railways.

A single track exists on west of NWIZ which connects Port Qasim Marginal Wharf

Berths to Pipri Marshalling Yard and is connected onward with the main railway lines

Pakistan Railways has plans to lay one additional railway track along the existing

Pakistan railway track at Port Qasim to meet the demand for transport of coal and

other cargo from Port Qasim to up-country. Pakistan Railways track in the NWIZ of

Port Qasim is 4.5 km away from PIBT.

In view of operational and commercial aspects, PIBT has no dedicated facility to

stock the coal meant for transport through Pakistan Railways. PIBT can transport the

coal outside of its terminal by extending its conveying system, which can deliver coal

up to PQA transfer station to be located outside the PIBT back-up area. From

transfer station coal can be transported to coal stockyard, which shall be located near

existing railway track in the PQA.



3.4 COAL CONVEYING SYSTEM FROM PIBT TO EXISTING RAILWAY NETWORK

The absence of direct railway link to PIBT necessitates a material flow scheme for

coal transfer activity from ship to railway wagons.

As per the conceived project scheme for the transport of coal from PIBT to coal

stockyard to be constructed near existing railway track, coal will be unloaded from

the sea vessels at PIBT. PIBT will deliver coal at the PIBT boundary where coal will

be taken up by PQA’s coal conveyor via direct connectivity.

PQA’s coal conveyor will bring the coal to a coal stockyard near existing railway

track. The stockyard will be equipped with bucket wheel stacker and reclaimed, with

these machines coal will be stacked in stock piles. Reclaiming of coal from stockyard

will be performed by a re-claimer and coal will be loaded on a coal conveyor for

transportation to the load out station at the railway network for loading on railway

wagons.

Transportation of coal from the coal loading area in Port Qasim to various power

plants in the country shall be performed by Pakistan Railways.

Conceived working scheme for the coal conveying is shown in the Figure 3.2

The proposed Coal Conveying System from PIBT to Existing Railway Network

includes:

A) Covered Coal Belt Conveyor from PIBT to Coal Stockyard located existing

Railway Network

B) Stacking & Reclaiming Coal at Coal Stockyard

C) Transfer of Coal from Stockyard to Rapid Load-out Station

D) Loading of Coal from Rapid Load-out Station to railway wagons

3.4.1 Transfer of Coal from PIBT to Coal Stockyard

Direct connectivity will be provided from within PIBT to a transfer station just outside

PIBT from where a covered coal conveyor will take the coal to the new coal

stockyard near the existing railway track.

Capacity of the conveyor belt will be equal to the rate of unloading of coal from the

vessel at jetty using two (02) unloaders at a rate1,800 tonnes/hr each, i.e.,



simultaneous discharge rate of 3600 tonnes/hr. The belt will be around 5 Kms long

and 1800mm wide. It will run at a speed of 3.5 m/s with the help of electrically driven

motors.

Troughed belt conveyors will be as of ISO standards but designed generally in

accordance with B.S. 2890 (latest): Efficient and readily accessible means of

adjustment will be provided on the head and tail drum shafts for tracking the belt. The

belt conveyor structure will be designed to allow easy and simple access for

maintenance and replacement of idlers. Design will be such as to ensure correct

tensioning of the belt under all conditions. Removable protective screens or covers

will be provided around back weights and pulleys.

Transfer chutes at transfer stations will be provided which are necessary for the

effective transfer of coal from one conveyor belt to another. Chutes will be completely

enclosed and be supplied with a dustproof hinged inspection door for inspection and

cleaning. Transfer chute sides will be designed so that material will not build-up

inside the chute and cause an obstruction to material flow. The design will be such

that the commodity will not spill over moving parts. No apertures or ridges will be

present in order to prevent spillage or build-up of material.

All receiving hoppers that are necessary for the effective receipt of product will be

provided. Hoppers will be so designed and installed that no dust will escape when

commodity is received in the hopper. The opening at the bottom of hoppers will be

completely dust sealed on the receiving chute of the conveyor. The sides of hoppers

will be so designed that material will not build up in the hopper and cause an

obstruction to material flow.

R.C.C foundation and steel structure for the conveyor belt, transfer stations and load-

out station will be provided. Similarly, necessary rail tracks including foundation

structure for the equipment will be provided for the installation and operation of

stacker and reclaimer.

3.4.2 Coal Stockyard Various options were considered to transport the coal from PIBT to existing railway

network. Initially, it was considered that coal which is to be transported through

railway will be stacked in PIBT coal stockyard.



PIBT had informed that it cannot allocate dedicated coal stockyard for coal meant to

be transported through railway as it apprehended that in case of breakdown of PQA’s

conveying system / equipment or railway operations, PIBT’s stockyard operation may

be adversely impacted.

Considering the remote location of PIBT with respect to the existing railway track

where the proposed load-out station is to be established and also taking into account

efficient stock yard management, it was concluded that a separate coal stockyard,

near railway track, would offer a more practical solution.

The capacity of coal stockyard mainly depends on the rate of stacking and reclaiming

the coal from stock pile. The reclamation from stockyard to load out station / railway

sidings depends upon the handling capacity of Pakistan Railway. Pakistan Railway

has informed that it can handle 2400 tonnes of coal per train and that it can run

20freight trains a day on its main lines which include 5 trains per day for the Sahiwal

Power Plant.

For rapid loading of coal into railway wagon, a load-out station at railway loop

adjacent existing railway track is proposed. The capacity of the load-out station is

proposed to be 2400 tonnes/hr. considering a train speed of 0.5 to 0.8 km/hr under

the load-out station. Keeping in view the loading process of coal into the railway

wagons based on this proposal, the reclamation rate at stockyard will be 2400

tonnes/hr.

The stockyard will have eight (08) stockpiles each of 55,000 tonnes of coal. Each

stockpile will be 50 m wide and 115 m long. The height of the stockpile is proposed to

be 12.5 m. In first phase stacking area will be developed only for four (04) stockpiles

to handle coal up to 4.0 million and the remaining area for four (04) stockpiles will be

developed as demand arises. The conceptual layout of coal stockyard is shown in

Figure 3.3.

Keeping in view the operational requirements and capacity of train, two (02) bucket

wheel stacker/reclaimer machines having stacking capacity of 3600 tonnes/hr and

reclaiming capacity of 2400 tonnes/hr will be provided in the stockyard.

Coal stacking area will have two rows for piling of coal and coal stacker/reclaimer will

run on each side. Each row will be designed to accommodate 110,000 tonnes of coal



in two (02) equal numbers of stock piles. Two (02) rows of stock piles are kept for

future expansion.

In the coal stockyard Bucket wheel Stacker Reclaimer (BWSR) will be utilized to form

coal stockpiles. The BWSR will be rail mounted and of slewing & luffing type. The

machine will be operated by electric power which will be supplied through high

voltage power source via trailing cables or by machine mounted self-power electric

generator set(s). The coal will be fed through belt conveyor preferably mounted at-

grade (ground) level which will be routed through for stacking.

A tripper will be connected to the travelling stacker who serves to transfer material

from the longitudinal stockyard conveyor onto the boom conveyor. The luffing motion

is often done by hydraulic cylinder and counter weigh by concrete counterweight.

BWSR will be able to serve at various travel speeds and can be quickly relocated

from one end of the stockpile to another. BWSR has been envisaged to be used for

reclaiming the material from the stockpile. The reclaimed material from the stockpile

will be transferred onto the dispatch /feed conveyor belt for loading onto the waiting

train to be filled via coal load-out station located at the railway siding.

The operator's cabins location will be such so as to allow a clear and unobstructed

view of the operations of stacking, reclaiming and loading of coal. The cabins will be

air-conditioned and ergonomically designed for maximum comfort of the operator.

The information display screen would display details of all operations enabling the

operator to program according to the loading requirement.

3.4.3 Transfer of Coal from Stockyard to Rapid Load-out Station Bucket Wheel Stacker Reclaimer (Figure 3.4) will be used to reclaim coal from

stockpiles at the rate of 2400t/hr and transfer it to secondary belt conveyor. The belt

conveyor will transport coal from stockyard to rapid load-out station. The belt will be

1500mm wide. It will run at a speed of 3.5 m/s with the help of electrically driven

motors.

3.4.4 Loading of Coal from Rapid Load-out Station to railway wagons Rapid precision & intelligent train loading (Rapid Load-out Station) system is the

most advanced train loading system today. It can weigh and load material

continuously and automatically per the applicable weight restrictions. This large scale

system, which can be used at ports or wharfs as well, is suited for loading various

bulk materials such as coal, ore, cement and grains into the wagons.



The rapid load out station with the loading capacity of 2400 t/h and loading accuracy

of 0.01% per train, will consist of a storage silo (surge bin), a bin below the storage

silo (weighing bin) and a loading chute (Figure 3.5). The rapid load-outstation will be

mounted directly above the rail track. The rake (train of empty coal wagons) will be

moving below the loading chute with uniform speed while weighed material in the bin

will be discharged into the wagons at a controlled rate to ensure uniform loading of

the coal in the wagons.

The Control System will be an internationally renowned Digital Field bus technology

with complete alarming function. Three (3) control modes will be provided including

automatic, semi-automatic and manual modes with flexible statistic reporting

function. Digital signals will be transmitted with strong anti-interference capability.

Each coal train (Rake) will consist of 40 wagons (15 meter length each) of ZBKC type

(with side discharge) having a capacity of 70 tonnes taking a payload of 60 tonnes.

The desired loading capacity from rapid load out station is 2400 tonnes per rake with

loading time of 40~60 seconds per wagon. The scheme is shown on Figure 3.3, 3.6

& 3.7.

3.5 SITE SELECTION FOR NEW COAL STOCKYARD FOR COAL CONVEYING UPTO RAILWAY NETWORK Different potential sites have been studied to develop a coal stockyard from where

coal can be conveyed to a rapid load-out station for loading railway wagons.

3.5.1 Site Selection Criteria for New Coal Stockyard Following factors were considered for site selection and development of coal

stockyard.

a) Availability of adequate parcel of land along the existing railway track

b) Access to site

c) Minimum changes in the existing natural environment

d) Relocation of any existing utilities

e) Proximity to rapid load-out station

f) Suitability of land with respect to topographic and sub-soil conditions

g) Capital and O & M cost of conveying system.

·-.....

·----

18.1

·-1GHAROC REEK

Mt.JD

LAYOUT PLAN

FROM PIBT JETTY

Plll>,/&Gll

CONVEYING SYSTEM FROM PIBT COAL

Tl:RIIINAL TO EXISTING RAILWAY NETWORK AT PORT QASIII


CONVEYING SYSTEM

FOR COAL STOCK YARD

TO LOAD OUT STATION

FIGURE No. 3.7



3.5.2 Studied Sites for New Coal Stockyard Following four (04) sites with respect to above site selection criteria were studied for

coal stockyard (Figure 3.8).

Site-1: This site is located in the east of PQA North-West Industrial Zone (NWIZ) and

existing railway track. The land is owned by Pakistan Steel Mills (PSM) and as such

acquisition of land for development of stockyard by PQA will be required. A large

natural drain (nallah) traverses through the site. To access the site from the western

side a crossing over the railway tracks and construction of two (02) bridges over the

existing nallah will be required. At this site, a railway loop having radius of 250m can

be developed for movement of coal trains (Figure 3.8).The available land is plain and

even. Currently the land is being used as open yard for the storage of old materials

by PSM. Keeping in view the current and future requirements for development of coal

stockyard and railway loop the land available at this site is sufficient.

Site-2: This site is located near PQA South-West Industrial Zone (SWIZ). To the east

of this site, Pakistan Railways track exists, whereas on the west PQA Main Access

Road is located (Figure 3.8). The land is reserved for a flyover which is planned to be

constructed at Main Access Road to connect the Main Access with the road network

of North-West Industrial Zone (NWIZ). The topography of the land comprises of

uneven terrain and ground levels vary from 7m to 22m. One high tension line also

crosses this area. Due to the un-even topography of the area, construction of coal

stockyard and required railway track, load-out station will involve relocation of high

tension line and also considerable earth work. Furthermore, conveyor route from

PIBT to the stockyard at this site will require crossing of existing trestles of FOTCO &

SSGC Terminals and the conveyor supporting structure and access road would need

to be built in tidal zone. The site is spread on an area of 75 acres only area required

for the future development is not available at site. Site-3:An area of 53 acres of land, without any permanent construction, is located in

North-Western Industrial Zone (NWIZ) on west side of existing railway track (Figure

3.8).The site is fairly leveled and graded no significant earth work will be required.

The site is also easily accessible from existing road network and very close to the

railway line. The conveyor and load-out station can be easily connected with the

stockyard developed at this site. But the land is owned by a private party and is

spread over only 54 acres of land which is insufficient for future development.



Site-4: An area of 78 acres of land is available to the north of PIBT terminal back-up

area. It has been informed by PQA that 36 acres of land will be made available by

PQA for the coal stockyard (Figure 3.8). This site is fairly levelled and graded and as

such no major earth work is expected to be required. Sub-soil conditions at this site

are, however, relatively poor and will require improvement. The site is accessible

from the existing road network in PQA area.Site-4 is located to the north of PIBT but

is far away (approx. 4.5 km) from the existing railway track. It can be connected with

PIBT conveyor system directly and a short conveyor of 2700 tonnes/hr will be

required for coal transportation from PIBT to new coal stockyard. The onward

conveying system from new coal stockyard to rapid load-out station will require a

conveyor of smaller capacity and hence, will reduce overall capital costs. However,

the long length of conveyor, as well as its continuous operation, to feed the rapid

load-out station will increase O & M costs.

Keeping in view the operation strategy for handling different types of coal for various

power plants, it is advantageous to have the coal stockyard located near the rapid

load-out station for the following reasons:

i) Easy management of coal loading and dispatch as different types of coal can

be stocked close to the rapid load-out station and allow quick change over

from one stockpile to other as coal requirement for each power plant may be

different.

ii) There will be a short feeding conveyor from stockyard to rapid load-out station

and it will be easy to empty the conveyor quickly after one train load has been

dispatched.

iii) The main belt conveyor from PIBT to the stockyard will only be operational

when ships are being unloaded at PIBT. The belt conveyor can then be shut-

down till unloading of next ship at PIBT. This will reduce the environmental

problems and cost of operation and maintenance.

iv) Operation and maintenance staff will be able to monitor / control the

stockyard and load-out station with ease as both facilities will be located near

each other. Site 1 and 3 are both suitable sites for development of the

stockyard with respect to the connections with existing railway and road

network. Site 1 also offers the opportunity to have a loop arrangement for

railway tracks which will facilitate train movement and future development.

Site 2 is considered unsuitable due to reasons discussed above. Site 4 is

located away from the proposed load-out station and is not suitable due to the

reasons discussed above.



Keeping in view the site selection criteria, merits and demerits of studied sites

discussed above, Site 1 is most suitable site for the construction of new coal

stockyard.

3.6 ROUTE SELECTION FOR COAL CONVEYOR FROM PIBT TO NEW STOCKYARD

Different routes for the coal conveyor from PIBT to proposed new coal stockyard

have been studied.

3.6.1 Route Selection Criteria for Coal Conveyor Following factors were considered for route selection and development of coal

conveyor.

a) Location of first coal transfer station near PIBT (starting point)

b) Location of new coal stockyard and load-out station (end point)

c) Minimum changes in the existing natural environment

d) Relocation of existing utilities

e) Topography of the area

f) Geotechnical conditions

g) Availability of R.O.W

h) Physical features and impediments along the route

i) Turning points along the route

j) Access roads for the inspection and maintenance of conveyor belt

3.6.2 Studied Routes Various routes were studied to identify the most feasible route of coal transportation

from PIBT to new coal stockyard. The routes studied are shown in figure 3.9 and

described below;

Route-1: This route starts from the first coal transfer station near PIBT and runs

along the existing Road-A located on western boundary of Port Qasim’s North- West

Industrial Zone (NWIZ) area then turns toward east along Road-B located on north

side of PAPCO and FOTCO installations and then goes straight to the proposed

stockyard (site 1) near existing railway track. The conveyor belt under this route will

run under the HT line &cross the railway track. H.T lines are high and will not

interfere with the belt structure.

I

.:-1I

. \� •? [_ -.. -

ROUTE-4 (LENGTH = 4.9km)

REEK

PLAN

FROM PIBT JETTY

Plll>,/&Gll

CONVEYING SYSTEM FROM PIBT COAL

TERMINAL TO EXISTING RAILWAY NETWORK AT PORT QASIM


t:a'l!ULTAIIT!

ROUTES FOR

COAL CONVEYING SYSTEM

FIGURE No. 3.9



There is only one turn along this route, therefore; only one (01) intermediate transfer

station will be required. The length of this route is around 4.5 km. The topography of

this route is fairly leveled & graded except the first 700m where the gradient varies

from 5% to 7%. Availability of land is not expected to be an issue as sufficient space

is available along either side and also within the median of the existing roads. The

sub-soil conditions along this route are known to be fairly good, except in the area

near PIBT, and as such shallow foundations can be provided for the supporting

structure. Keeping in view the above, the route is considered suitable for laying the

conveyor belt.

Route-2: Along this route, the conveyor may be laid on western boundary along

Road-A after which it will turn to Road-C located on north of SSGC backup area. The

route then goes straight to proposed coal stockyard (site 1) near existing railway

track. Since load-out station can only be located in middle of straight portion of

existing track, the route, therefore, runs parallel to railway track up to proposed load

out station (Figure 3.9). The length of this route is around 4.85 km. There are three

(03) turnings on this route and hence, three (03) intermediate transfer stations will be

required. The conveyor structure will cross under the high tension power lines and

FOTCO road. Re-location of high tension power lines and construction of bridge over

FOTCO road will be required. The part of route which is located between PQA Main

Access Road and proposed stockyard (site 1) consists of hilly/broken ground and will

require extensive earthwork for constructing road/track to enable access during

operation and maintenance of conveyor. Availability of ROW along the railway track

is another issue because a number of underground utilities are located along existing

track. The construction of supporting structure for the conveyor will take considerable

time along this route due to the poor sub-soil condition in the initial portion, uneven

terrain, relocation of high tension power lines, other utilities along the railway track

and construction of bridge crossing over FOTCO access road.

Route-3: The route starts from first coal transfer station near PIBT and runs along

Road-D located just north of PIBT backup area. It then turns towards north along

Road-E located adjacent to SSGC trestle and west on Road-F located north of SSGC

backup area. The route then goes straight to proposed stockyard after which it runs

along the existing railway track up to load out station. The length of this route will be

around 5.3 km. There are three (03) turnings on this route, therefore; three (03)

intermediate transfer stations will be required. The conveyor on this route will cross



under H.T lines at two locations and it will also cross the existing FOTCO road where

bridge structure will be required.

The ROW along the existing road is available but ROW beyond PQA Main Access

Road up to existing railway track is to be acquired. The topography up to existing

road is generally leveled and graded except the portion between PQA Main Access

Road and proposed stockyard site which is hilly and will require considerable earth

work to access the conveyor during operation and maintenance. The geological

condition will be same as mentioned for Route-1.

Route-4: The conveyor can be laid straight from the first coal transfer station near

PIBT in an eastward direction to proposed stockyard (site 1) near existing railway

track. The length of this route will be around 4.9 km. The route runs along the

existing road on north of PIBT backup area and goes straight to railway track then

turns toward north along the railway track up to proposed location stockyard. There

are two turnings on this route; therefore, two (02) intermediate transfer stations will

be required. The conveyor will need to cross existing trestles of SSGCLPG Terminal,

FOTCO Oil Terminal, PQA Main Access Road and high tension power lines.

The topography of this route is not favorable as it is located in the tidal zone the

access to the conveyor during maintenance and operation will be required. Time

required for the relocation of the existing H.T line and construction of supporting

structure along with the access road in tidal zone will be significantly more than other

three routes.

Based on the above comparison and selection criteria, Route-1 seems to be most

feasible route for the conveyor from PIBT to proposed coal stockyard and load-out

station near railway track.

3.7 LOCATION OF THE PROJECT

Project is located in the North West Industrial Zone (NWIZ) of Port Qasim Industrial

Estate and in the west side of PSM adjacent to the existing railway track which is 4.5

km away from PIBT. (Figure 3.10)



3.8 PROJECT ADMINISTRATIVE JURISDICTION

Project is located in the Port Qasim Area and Port Qasim Authority (PQA) will

execute the project. A Project Director will head the Project Management Unit (PMU)

from PQA. The team of PMU will consist of technical and professional staff.

3.9 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE

Construction work of the proposed project is scheduled to be completed within Nine

(09) calendar months from the Date of Commencement of Construction work at Site.

3.10 COST OF THE PROJECT

The estimated construction cost of the infrastructure development works for coal

conveying system is approximately Rs.16 billion.

3.11 CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS

The construction materials used in the construction of coal conveying infrastructure

construction project would include coarse/fine aggregates, steel, water, asphalt,

Portland and sulphate resistant cements etc. Aggregates and soil shall be

transported outside the project area, while the cement and steel will be procured from

other sources in Karachi. The other construction material suitable for construction of

coal conveyer infrastructure will be obtained from the nearby local quarry.

3.12 CONSTRUCTION CAMPS

Construction camp(s) will be selected keeping in view the availability of adequate

area for establishing camp site, including parking areas for machinery, stores and

workshops, access to communication and local markets, an appropriate distance

from sensitive areas in the vicinity. Final locations will be selected by the contractor

with in consultation with PQA

3.13 MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS

The manpower requirement during construction and operation of the project will be

about 150 personnel including managerial staff, skilled and unskilled labour and

manpower requirement of about 30 people for Design Phase.



3.14 CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT

The following are the machinery and equipment required for the proposed project is

provided in Table 3.1.

Table 3.1: Machinery and Equipment Requirement for the Proposed Project S. No. Type of Machinery and Equipment

1 Dump Trucks 2 Front End Loaders 3 Dozers 4 Graders 5 Vibratory Rollers 6 Pneumatic Tyre Rollers 7 Sheep Foot Rollers 8 Three Wheel Rollers 9 Tandem Rollers

10 Water Tankers 11 Concrete Batching Plant 12 Concrete Transit Mixers 13 Concrete Pumps 14 Excavators 15 Water Pumps 16 Cranes 17 Generators 18 Asphalt Distributors 19 Welding plants 20 Air compressors 21 Steel cutters 22 Tailors

Section-4 Environmental Baseline Profile EIA of Coal Conveying System - Port Qasim, Karachi


SECTION – 4 ENVIRONMENTAL BASELINE PROFILE

The baseline for project area was established considering physical, biological and

socio-economic aspects along the project area. The information of environmental

parameters was gathered from government departments, through review of literature,

and site visits. In addition to this, consultations were held with the general public and

major stakeholders of the project area in order to seek the public opinion on the

implementation of the proposed project. Designed questionnaires and focus group

discussions were used to interview stakeholders for their concerns and suggestions

about the proposed project.

4.1 PHYSICAL ENVIRONMENT

The physical environment includes topography, regional geology, soils, climate,

hydrology, drainage, seismology, surface water, groundwater, ambient air quality,

dust monitoring and noise levels.

4.1.1 Topography & Geography Port Qasim is located, adjacent to the Bin Qasim town, in the southern part of Malir

district, Karachi division, in Sindh. It is located in an old channel of the Indus River at

a distance of 35 kilometres east of Karachi city center.

The geographic position of the Port Qasim places it in close proximity to major

shipping routes. The approach to the port is along a 45-kilometre long Navigation

Channel which provides safe navigation for vessels up to 75,000 tones dead weight

(DWT).

The existing site is fairly leveled and already developed. Furthermore, the future

development is planned according to the international standards for the design of

coal conveyor, stockyard and load-out station and allied structures.

4.1.2 Geology and Soil Karachi lies approximately 150 km east of the triple junction between the Arabian,

Indian and Asian plates. The rocks found in the area sedimentary in origin and were

laid down in shallow marine conditions. They range in age from Eocene to recent.

Inter bedded sandstone and sandy shale have been found in the area. The rocks are

overlain by unconsolidated mixture of gravels, sand, silt and clay.

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Indus_River

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Deadweight_tonnage



A total of thirteen (13) boreholes were of varying depths were drilled at different

areas of the site in order to evaluate the foundation conditions for the proposed

project.

The locations of these boreholes were fixed in such a manner as to cover all the

major structure locations as per the available layout at the time of field investigations.

(a) Stratum of brown silty fine to coarse sand with trace gravels is found mostly as

first soil unit having maximum depth of 10 m. In some of the boreholes clayey silt /

silty clay forms the upper stratum.

(b) Light brown poorly graded fine / coarse sand with silt is present in medium dense

to very dense state at various depths.

(c) Below the alluvial soils, grayish brown mostly loose sandstone intermixed with

shale and mudstone is found starting from various depths to maximum

Investigated depth of 30 m. The shallowest depth encountered is 6 m.

(d) It is expected that groundwater will not affect the foundation preparations for the

proposed track.

(e) For the placement and compaction of the embankment and engineered fill,

granular material should be used.

(f) It is recommended that the subgrade should be properly prepared to meet the

deign CBR.

(g) An experienced geotechnical engineer / engineering geologist should thoroughly

inspect the area and should remain involve in fill placement and compaction for

subgrade and other foundations.

(h) All the areas that will support the track, should be properly cleared, grubbed by

removing any topsoil / fill and wet, soft or loose soils.

(i) It is recommended to adopt peak ground acceleration (PGA) of 0.16g to 0.24g for

the design of the structures.

(j) It is recommended to use Sulphate Resisting Cement (SRC) or other suitable type

in concrete construction works according to requirement.

4.1.3 Climate and Meteorology Temperature

Due to proximity to the sea, the city of Karachi has little variation in average

maximum and minimum temperatures. The average annual temperatures during

summer are 26oC to 35oC (up to 42oC in May/June), whereas temperature ranges

between 10oC to 27oC during winter. Day and night temperature also varies



considerably as the sea breeze in the afternoon rapidly decreases day time

temperatures.

Humidity and Rainfall Humidity levels experience a drop usually in the month of October while the lowest

levels occur in March or April. The highest humidity levels generally occur during the

month of August.

The meteorological station at Karachi Airport collects climatic data. Rainfall near the

Karachi coast is extremely low and erratic and this region falls in the semi-arid

climatic zone. Heavy rains exceeding 50mm (sometimes 100mm) in a day are

common in north-eastern humid and sub-humid parts of Pakistan and Kashmir which

is known as the gateway of the monsoon for the country. However, such events only

occasionally occur in the south where the climate is mainly arid.

Table 4.1 to 4.3 shows the temperature, humidity, wind speed and wind direction

monitored at Site-1 NWIZ water pumping station PQA, Site-2 Pharm Evo and Site-3

PIBT Stockyard from June 27, 2016 to June 28, 2016 by SUPARCO Laboratory

respectively. The temperature was found in the range of 30 – 37 0C at Site-1, 27 – 37 0C at Site-2 and 25 – 34 0C at Site-3. The maximum value of humidity recorded at

Site-1 is 79 0C and 94 0C at Site-2 & Site-3. The predominant directions are North-

East at average speed of 3.1 m/s, North-West at average speed of 3.9 m/s and

North-West at average speed of 3.3 m/s at Site-1, Site-2 and Site 3 respectively. The

Calm wind was observed most of the time at Site-3. Figure 4.1 to 4.3 are the

graphical representation of the wind direction at Site-1, Site-2 and Site-3.

Table 4.1: Meteorological Data (24-hr.) at NWIZ Water Pumping Station PQA

Time Ambient Temperature

Co

Wind Direction (Degree)

Wind Speed

m/s

Humidity %

12:00 36 90 5.1 44 13:00 37 90 3.6 39 14:00 36 200 4.1 47 15:00 35 135 4.1 53 16:00 35 135 4.1 53 17:00 33 180 5.1 55 18:00 33 135 4.6 55 19:00 31 160 4.6 66 20:00 31 180 3.6 66 21:00 31 200 4.1 66 22:00 30 200 2.1 74 23:00 30 200 2.1 74




Co


Wind Speed

m/s

Humidity %

00:00 30 115 1.5 74 01:00 30 70 1.0 74 02:00 30 70 1.5 74 03:00 30 23 2.1 74 04:00 29 23 2.1 74 05:00 29 359 2.6 79 06:00 30 23 3.1 70 07:00 31 70 1.5 66 08:00 32 70 2.1 59 09:00 33 45 2.1 55 10:00 36 90 3.6 41 11:00 36 90 5.1 41

Figure 4.1: Wind rose at NWIZ Water Pumping Station PQA

Table 4.2: Meteorological Data (24-hr.) at Pharm Evo, PQA


Co


Wind Speed

m/s

Humidity %

13:00 36 180 6.2 44 14:00 37 225 6.2 39 15:00 35 180 3.6 53 16:00 34 180 5.1 56 17:00 33 315 7.2 59 18:00 30 330 2.6 79 19:00 31 340 2.6 75




Co


Wind Speed

m/s

Humidity %

20:00 27 23 17 94 21:00 25 330 3.1 94 22:00 27 315 2.6 84 23:00 28 340 3.1 84 00:00 28 340 2.1 84 01:00 28 330 2.6 84 02:00 29 330 4.6 84 03:00 29 45 1.0 79 04:00 28 45 1.5 84 05:00 28 70 2.1 89 06:00 28 45 2.6 89 07:00 29 70 2.1 84 08:00 31 70 4.6 75 09:00 31 90 2.6 75 10:00 33 115 2.6 66 11:00 33 180 2.6 75 12:00 34 180 3.6 59

Figure 4.2: Wind rose at PharmEvo, PQA



Table 4.3: Meteorological Data (24-hr.) at PIBT


Co


Wind Speed

m/s

Humidity %

14:00 33 330 9.3 66 15:00 25 45 3.1 94 16:00 28 359 3.6 84 17:00 28 45 1.5 84 18:00 29 330 1.0 79 19:00 29 315 2.1 79 20:00 29 315 3.6 74 21:00 30 Calm 74 22:00 29 45 2.6 78 23:00 29 Calm 84 00:00 28 340 2.6 89 01:00 28 Calm 89 02:00 28 Calm 89 03:00 28 Calm 89 04:00 28 270 2.6 89 05:00 28 Calm 89 06:00 28 Calm 94 07:00 29 315 4.6 89 08:00 30 359 4.6 84 09:00 31 Calm 79 10:00 33 250 3.1 66 11:00 34 Calm 63 12:00 34 270 1.5 63 13:00 34 180 4.1 52

Figure 4.3: Wind rose at PIBT



4.1.4 Seismicity Karachi has been established in a moderate earthquake zone. Pakistan was divided

into five seismic zones in line with UBC97. The boundaries of these zones are

defined on the following basis:

Zone 1 0.05 to 0.08g

Zone 2A 0.08 to 0.16g

Zone 2B 0.16 to 0.24g

Zone 3 0.24 to 0.32g

Zone 4 > 0.32g

Where g is the ground acceleration and its unit is in Gal. Figure 4.4 shows the

seismic zoning Map of Pakistan.

Sindh Building Control Authority (SBCA) has placed Karachi in Zone-2 B based on

the actual events, the past observations of fault movement and other geological

activities. Karachi is situated in a region where moderate earthquakes may occur of

magnitude 5.0 to 6.0 equivalents to intensity between VII and VIII on Modified

Mercallis Scale (M).

As per building code of Pakistan, Seismic Provisions 2007, the project area falls in

Zone 2B of the Seismic Zoning Map of Pakistan. The project structures should

therefore be designed to cater for the ground acceleration of 0.16 g to 0.24 g.

Figure 4.4: Seismic zoning map of Pakistan



4.1.5 Water Resources and Drainage The existing bulk water supply system conveys water to Karachi from two main

sources, namely, Indus River through Kalri Baghar Feeder and Hub Dam across Hub

River.

Karachi has been receiving its water supply from the Indus River since 1957 when

the quota for urban supplies in Karachi from the River Indus was sanctioned. This

allowed Karachi to take 450 cusecs (242 mgd or 1,100,000 m3/d) from 16 October to

15 April (Rabbi) and 520 cusecs (280 mgd or 1,270,000 m3/d) from 16 April to 15

October (Kharif) from the tail of the system at Kotri, through storage in Kinjhar Lake.

Later, a presidential decree in 1988 increased this quota to 1,200 cusecs (645 mgd

or 2, 940, 000 m3/d).

Urban and industrial water for Karachi is taken from the Kotri Barrage and discharged

through the Kalri Baghar Feeder Upper (KB Feeder Upper) to Kinjhar Lake. The right

(west) bank command of 310,000 ha (3,100 km2) gross is supplied by a single canal:

the KB Feeder which also supplies Karachi 150 km west southwest of the off‑take.

The KB Feeder Upper has a design capacity at its head of 9,075 cusecs (22, 300,000

m3/d) and terminates at the head of Kinjhar Lake. This is also the off take for the

Right Bank Link Canal which, since it was opened in 1982, has enabled water from

the KB Feeder Upper to be supplied directly to the KB Feeder Lower without passing

through the lake. This allows unsettled silty water to be supplied to downstream

irrigators and also serves to reduce sedimentation of the lake.

The Hub Dam is a multi‑purpose dam (municipal, industrial and irrigation purposes)

constructed on the Hub River approximately 50 km to the northwest of Karachi City.

The construction of the dam started in September 1963 and completed after 18 years

in September 1981. The construction of the Lasbela Canal and Hub Main Canal was

completed in September 1981 and September 1982 respectively. The catchment

area of the dam extends across two provinces namely Sindh and Baluchistan

covering a total area of 3,410 sq miles (8,730 km2). The water distribution network in

Karachi covers 18 towns, 6 Cantonments and the Defense Housing Authority (DHA)

Area. These 18 towns are included in 5 administrative water supply zones classified

by KW&SB, as shown in Figure 4.5. Water is supplied through water trunk mains

from water filtration plants, reservoirs, pumping stations or Dumlottee Wells in the city

of Karachi. Bin Qasim is included in Zone‑I and it receives its supply from a canal

that takes off from Gujjo Headworks.



Figure 4.5: Present Water Supply Zones of Karachi



4.1.6 Creek System Hydraulics Port Qasim Entrance and Navigation Channels

The Port Qasim provides the second port facility for the country. The access to Port

Qasim / Phitti Creek is provided through Ahsan Channel, being maintained at 12.4 m

depth. Its maintained width increases in-shore from 185 m to 225 m. The 225 m wide

inner channel of Phitti Creek from Zulfiqar Bank to Hasan Point and of Kadiro Creek

from Hasan Point to the Iron Ore and Coal Berth is maintained at 11.3 m Berth.

Vessels of up to 25,000 tones can operate to Marginal Wharf where a depth of 10.0m

is maintained.

Tides and Currents The tides at Port Qasim are predominantly semidiurnal with a substantial diurnal

component. The Mean Higher High Water (MHHW) to Mean Lower Low Water

(MLLW) range is about 2.4 m at the port complex while the peak tide over diurnal

range is about 3.5 m. The tide levels at Port Qasim are presented in Table 4.4 below.

The flow pattern within this large, relatively deep and generally stable creek system

around Port Qasim is strongly influenced by tides and the presence of extensive

inter-tidal flats.

Tide levels at Port Qasim apply to Gharo Creek from Iron Ore and Coal Berth to

Marginal Wharf. The currents in Gharo Creek show a well-defined ebb bias. In the

channel, Ebb currents of up to 2m/s have been measured with corresponding flood

currents of up to 1m/s. The strong current corresponds to the large volume of tidal

flows.

Table 4.4: Tide Levels at Port Qasim

Sr. No.

Location MLLW MHLW MLHW MHH HAT LAT

1. Bundal Island +0.6 +1.2 +2.3 +2.9 N/A N/A

2. Hasan Point +0.6 +1.3 +2.8 +2.9 +3.4 +0.6

3. Phitti Creek 01.6 +1.4 +2.1 +3.4 +4.00 -0.6

4.1.7 Ambient Air Quality The ambient air quality for priority pollutants such as NO, NO2, SO2, CO, O3, PM10,

PM2.5 Total Suspended Particles (TSP) and lead was carried out at Site-1 NWIZ

water pumping station PQA, Site-2 Pharm Evo and Site-3 PIBT Stockyard from June

27, 2016 to June 30, 2016 by SUPARCO Laboratory. The monitoring period was

24 hours. Figure 4.6 shows a view of ambient air quality monitoring in the project.



area. The results obtained are tabulated under Table 4.5. The detailed monitored

results for air quality are attached as Annex –II respectively.

Figure 4.6: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring in the Project Area

Site-1 NWIZ water pumping

station PQA Site-2 PharmEvo Site-3 Start Point at PIBT

Table 4.5 Ambient Air Quality Test Results

Parameter Unit Monitoring Duration M

in.

Con

cent

ratio

n Li

mits

Average Obtained Concentration

Limits As Per SEQS

NWIZ water pumping station,

PQA

Pharm Evo, PQA

PIBT Stockyard

Nitrogen Dioxide (NO2)

µg/m3 24 Hours 1 10.1 11.8 10.5 120

(µg/m3) For 24 Hrs

Nitrogen Oxide (NO)

µg/m3 24 Hours - 3.9 5.6 4.4 40 (µg/m3)

Sulfur Dioxide (SO2)

µg/m3 24 Hours 1 5.3 10.5 9.7 120

(µg/m3) For 24 Hrs

Carbon Monoxide (CO)

mg/m3 24 Hours <0.5 0.4 1.8 0.9 5 (µg/m3) For 8 Hrs

Ozone (O3) µg/m3 24 Hours 1 7.2 8.6 10.3 130

(µg/m3)

Particulate Matter (PM10)

µg/m3 24 Hours 5 90 101.1 91.9 150

(µg/m3) For 24 Hrs

Particulate Matter (PM2.5)

µg/m3 24 Hours - 22 25.8 32 75 (µg/m3) For 24 Hrs

Total Suspended Particles (TSP)

µg/m3 24 Hours - 247 288 259 500

(µg/m3) For 24 Hrs

Lead µg/m3 24 Hours - ND 0.6 0.4 1.5

(µg/m3) For 24 Hrs



µg/m3 : microgram per cubic meter mg/m3 : milligram per cubic meter ND : Not Detectable SEQS : Sindh Environmental Quality Standards

The above table indicates that the concentrations of all the parameters are well within

permissible limits of SEQS.

4.1.8 Air Dispersion Modeling of Particulate Matter Air dispersion modeling was conducted to find out the baseline air quality conditions

and to calculate the future projections. The major objectives for the Air Dispersion

Modeling are (i) to estimates the impact of emissions due to transportation, transfer

and storage of coal from PIBT to Coal storage yard and (ii) its compliance to Sindh

Environmental Quality Standards (SEQS) for PM10. USEPA developed an air dispersion regulatory model “AERMOD” (American

Meteorological Society/Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory Model) is a

steady state plume model which was used to estimate the impact.

The details of the modeling depict that the PM10 values will be within the permissible

limits of SEQS if proper mitigation measures will be adopted. The detail study is

attached as Annexure-IV.

4.1.9 Noise Level Noise level monitoring was carried out at the same locations where ambient air

quality was monitored. The Noise levels were found in the range of 42.1 – 57.7 dB

(A) at Site-1, 60.4 - 73.9dB (A) at Site-2 and 40.9 – 62.5 dB (A) at Site-3. Noise

levels were monitored with the help of a potable digital sound meter at the project site

for 24 (twenty four) hours. The detailed noise level monitored results are attached as

Annex–II respectively. Average values of noise levels are given in Table 4.6.

Table 4.6: Average values of noise levels

Site No. Sampling Locations

Maximum Concentration

Minimum Concentration

Average Concentration SEQS (dB)

(dB)

1 NWIZ water pumping station, PQA

57.7 42.1 47.7

80 2 PharmEvo, PQA 73.9 60.4 67.6

3 PIBT Stockyard 62.5 40.9 54.7



It is evident from the results given in above table that the noise levels at the project

area are within the permissible limits of SEQS.

4.1.10 Drinking Water Quality Drinking water samples were collected from Site-1 Water Pumping Station, Site-2

Shrine of Baba Kamal and Site-3 China Camp located in the proposed site on June

27, 2016 by SUPARCO Laboratory (See Plate 4.3) and was analyzed for chemical

and microbiological parameters. The analysis results of groundwater samples are

compared with NSDWQ. The detailed monitored results for drinking water quality are

attached as Annex-II respectively. Table 4.7 shows the results of groundwater

analysis.

Figure 4.8: A General View of Water Sampling



Table 4.7: Groundwater Analysis of the Project Area

Sr. No. Parameters Unit

Test Result

NSDWQ Sample-1 ( Water Pumping

Station)

Sample-2 (Shrine of Baba

Kamal) Sample-3

(China Camp)

Chemical Parameters 1 Turbidity (NTU) NTU 2.63 1.94 1.65 <5

2 pH pH unit 7.6 7.4 7.7 6.5 - 8.5

3 Color TCU 2 2 1 ≤15 4

Odor - Acceptable Acceptable Acceptable Acceptable

5 Taste - Acceptable Acceptable Acceptable Acceptable

6 Total Dissolved Solids mg/l 131 514 116 <1000

7 Total Hardness as CaCO3 mg/l 180 420 290 <500

8 Nitrate, Nitrogen (NO3) mg/l 0.025 0.037 0.018 ≤50

9 Nitrite, Nitrogen (NO2) mg/l *ND 0.010 *ND ≤3

10 Cyanide mg/l *ND *ND *ND ≤0.05

11 Chloride mg/l 37 103 28 <250

12 Chlorine Macro(Residual) mg/l 0.26 0.24 0.09 0.2-0.5




Test Result


Station)


Kamal) Sample-3

(China Camp)

13 Fluoride mg/l *ND 0.017 *ND ≤1.5

14 Arsenic (As) mg/l *ND 0.009 0.006 ≤0.05

15 Antimony (Sb) mg/l *ND *ND *ND ≤0.005

16 Aluminum (Al) mg/l 0.015 0.013 0.044 ≤0.02

17 Barium (Ba) mg/l 0.056 0.121 0.043 0.7

18 Boron mg/l 0.028 0.071 0.019 0.3

19 Cadmium (Cd) mg/l *ND *ND *ND 0.01

20 Chromium (Cr) mg/l 0.003 0.009 0.013 ≤0.05

21 Copper (Cu) mg/l *ND 0.035 0.021 2

22 Lead (Pb) mg/l *ND *ND *ND ≤0.05

23 Manganese (Mn) mg/l 0.014 0.029 0.012 ≤0.5

24 Nickel (Ni) mg/l 0.008 0.011 0.003 ≤0.02

25 Selenium (Si) mg/l 0.008 0.011 0.003 ≤0.01

26 Zinc (Zn) mg/l 0.089 0.161 0.124 5

27 Mercury (Hg) mg/l *ND *ND *ND ≤0.001




Test Result


Station)


Kamal) Sample-3

(China Camp)

Microbiological Parameters

28 Total Coliform Bacteria MPN 8 12 6 0 MPN

29 Fecal Coliform MPN 1 2 1 0 MPN

30 E.Coli Form MPN 7 10 5 0 MPN

31 Phenols, Total (Phenolic compounds) mg/l *ND *ND *ND -

The above table shows that concentration of Total Coliform Bacteria and Fecal Coliform are higher than the permissible limits of NEQS while all other parameters are within the prescribed limits of NEQS.



4.2 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT

The climate of Malir District is arid and it is densely populated with wide variety of

vegetation in the form of natural foliage consisting diversity bushes, shrubs, trees

including agricultural products such as crops, vegetables and fruits. According to

geographical study, the Malir district is also composed of open communities of

deciduous, xerophytic trees and shrubs. In the alluvial plains and calcareous hilly

area of the district 25 species of plains are found. Most of the species are of minor

importance and only few of them are dominant and wide spread. These are Prosopis

Juliflora, Prosopis Cineraia, Acacia Nelotica and Euphorbia Triucalli. The rapid

increases in the population of the city and to cater for its housing and commercial

requirements, some of the agricultural lands were also converted into business

centers, multi storey plazas and housing colonies.

The flora and fauna present in and around the proposed project site is described as follows:

4.2.1 Flora

a) Crops

The predominant crops of Malir green belt are Lucerne (Forage crop), vegetables

and fruits. Cultivation of food grains is very limited and is periodically, substituted by

most favoured crops, vegetables and fodder. Generally the best lands are cultivated

under vegetables and the next best are cultivated under fodder and orchards.

Multiple cropping is common on most lands. A statement showing area and

production of some crops is given below which pertains to Karachi division

Table 4.8: Area and Production Average Yield of Crops 1997-1998

Sr. No.

Crop Area

(Hectares) Production

(Tons) Yield per

Hectares (Kg)

1. Jowar (Sorghum Vulgare) 629 261 415

2. Wheat (Triticum sativum) 119 132 1109

3. Maize (Zea mays) 217 99 456

4. Sesame (Sesamum indicum) 48 14 292

5. Other pulses 52 21 404



b) Trees The District Malir has a variety of trees parallel to the study area. Table 4.9 shows

the tree species found in and around the area including their Local and Botanical

names.

Table 4.9: Tree Species of the Project Area

Sr. No. Common Name Scientific Name

1 Neem Azadiraccta indica 2 Peepal Ficus religiosa 3 Kaner Thevetia nereifolia 4 Amaltas Laburnum anagyroides 5 Gul mohar Delonix regia 6 Sultana champa Calophyllum incophyllum 7 Algaroba Prosopis juliflora 8 khejri Prosopis cineraria 9 Kikar Acacia nilotica 10 aveloz Euphorbia triucalli 11 Peelu Salvadora persica 12 Rohida Tecomella undulata 13 Kapok bush Avervea javavica 14 Neutral Henna Senna obovata

The floral species located in the project area are very few mainly the xerophytic

shrubs/weeds were observed grown in the project area. The pylons for coal conveyor

belt will be installed/erected in the existing green belt located in the median of the

road where about 12 number of trees would be affected. These trees are poplar,

neem, molsary and kikar. Figure 4.9 is showing the floral species located in the

project area.

Figure 4.9: Floral species present in the project area



c) Mangrove Forest Mangroves play an important role in the swampy ecosystems of the environment.

They accumulate silt, stabilize shoreline and prevent erosion of the coastline and

beaches. The Avicenna marina is the dominant species of the mangroves in the Indus

delta. The density of mangrove trees was estimated between 50-60/100m2. The

height of the individual tree within the established Avicenna marina habitat was

greater than 3m. This species grows by natural means of regression quite profusely

and does not require any artificial means.

Sediment erosion was observed at the site. Well established mangrove plantation

(mangrove trees of medium height i.e. > 2-3 m) were found under stress due to

eroding sediments in the channel.

4.2.2 Fauna In near past, Deer (Gazella benetti) Wolf (Canis lupus pellipes), Jackals (Canis

aureus) and Fox (Vulpes bengalenis) were found in abundance. Now days, these

wild animals can be seen only in the center of wild life development.

Among birds Indian Grey partridge, Chest-Nut-Bellied Sand Grouse, Rock Dove,

Indian Little Button Guail and Eurasian Roller are found in Malir District.

a) Marine and Benthic Fauna Being close the shoreline, Brittle star (Amphiurid), Annelida (Polychaeta), Mollusca

(Gastropods), Ostracods, Crabs (pinnotherid), False crabs, Hydrozoan, Sea

anemone, Amphipods, Nematoda, Tanaidacean and Shrim (Alpheus) are the benthic

species found in the project area.

b) Fish Predaceous, Croakers, Sharks, Carangids Breams, Perches, Sea Snakes, Dolphin

and Seagulls are some fishes that were observed in the project area.

c) Birds Grey Plovers (Pluvialis squatarola), Golden Plover (Pluvialis apricaria apricaria),

Lesser Sand Plover (Charadrius mongolus atriforns), Curlew (Numenius arquata

arquata), Bar Tailed Godwit (Limosa limosa limosa) and Terek Sandpiper (Xenus

cinerus) are the most common sight in the area.

4.2.3 Wetlands There are no significant wetlands in the study area.



4.2.4 Endangered Species There are no endangered species of flora and fauna in the Study Area.

4.2.5 Wildlife Sanctuaries and Game Reserves No wildlife sanctuary or game reserve is located in the vicinity of the study area.

4.2.6 Critical Habitats

No wild life sanctuary or game reserve (Critical Habitats) exists near the project area

or the study area and therefore it can be quantified that this project does not affect

any critical habitat as no critical habitat is located close to the project area.

4.3 SOCIO-ECONOMIC STRUCTURE

This section deals with the existing social conditions of the proposed project area.

During the desk/ office study, available reports/ documents were comprehensively

reviewed. A detailed site visit was conducted by the Consultants’ EIA team

(Sociologist and Environmentalist) to appraise the prevailing socio economic

conditions of the proposed project area and to assess the impacts (positive or

negative) on the local settlements and to achieve the project objectives, it is

imperative to study the prevailing socio-economic and socio cultural aspects of their

livelihood. During the field survey, interviews were conducted with the local residents

of the project area, pedestrians, shop keepers and fishermen at different places (Bin

Qasim Town, Bhains Colony, Korangi, Landhi Industrial Area, Rerhi Ghoth, Steel

Town and surrounding areas). Observations were made after giving consideration to

the desk/ office study results.

4.3.1 Malir District The proposed project area falls in the Malir District of Karachi division. The district

lies between 24°-45’ to 25°-37’ North latitude and 67°-06’ to 67°-34’ East longitudes

and it is bounded on the north by Dadu district, on the west by Karachi South,

Karachi Central, Karachi east Karachi west and Lasbeela district of Baluchistan

province, on the south by Thatha district and Arabian sea and on the east by Dadu

and Thatha districts. The map of the Malir District is shown below in the Figure 4.10.

Total area of district is 2268 square kilometers. Pakistan Steel mills, Chowkandi

Tombs and Karachi air Port are the places of interest of the Malir District.



Figure 4.10: The Map of Malir District

4.3.2 Study Area The study area falls in Malir Taluka of Malir District. Prominence of Malir came into

existence in 1856 when scheme for supplying of water to Karachi was developed and

Capitan D. Leezay discovered the source of water in dry belt of Malir River at

Dumlotee.

The area of the district is 2268 Sq. kilometre yielding a population density of 432.7 in

1998. The population of Malir district was 981.41 thousand in 1998 as compared to

429.57 thousands in 1981. The annual growth rate measured 4.98% during the 1981-

1998.

4.3.3 Political and Administrative Setup The project area falls in Malir District. Malir was an administrative district of Karachi

Division in Sindh, Pakistan. Malir District was abolished in 2000 and divided into

three towns namely Malir Town, Bin Qasim Town and Gadap Town. On 11 July 2011

Sindh Government restored again Malir District.

District Coordination Officer (DCO) is the highest ranked administrator of the district.

For the collection of revenue and administration, the districts are subdivided into six

Talukas, one of which i.e. Malir is Sub Division under a Sub Divisional Magistrate.

The other talukas are Bin Qasim Town, Ibraheem Haidri, Shah Mureed, Gadap,

Murad Mamon, Airport and Malir Cantonment.

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karachi_Division

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Karachi_Division

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Sindh

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Pakistan

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Malir_Town

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bin_Qasim_Town

https://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Gadap_Town



4.3.4 Data Source/Methodology Data collection for socioeconomic study of the proposed project involved socio-

economic baseline survey of the proposed project area.

i) Primary Data Primary data was collected through socio-economic baseline survey. For the

selection of respondents simple random sampling technique was adopted and 100

households residing within the project area and in the vicinity of proposed project

were selected. After determining sample size, an interview schedule was developed

for the collection of baseline data. This interview schedule included the baseline data/

information (i.e. demographic characteristics, livelihoods, economic conditions,

quality of life and land acquisition) that is required for establishing the baseline study

and was collected during the socio economic baseline survey.

The socioeconomic baseline data was analysed by a software “Statistical Package

for Social Sciences” (SPSS), because it has an easier and quicker access to basic

functions and also useful to get the actual and accurate results of baseline data.

Spread sheet for baseline data of EIA was created in SPSS in the form of

quantitative data. After entering, checking, sorting, and transforming the data, the

basic operation, data analysis was taken place through descriptive analysis by

finding out the percentages and the frequencies of the respondent’s views in the form

of tables and charts/graphs. These percentages, frequencies and charts/graphs of

baseline data were automatically generated by this software.

ii) Secondary Data Secondary data was collected from following sources for socio economic baseline

survey

• District Census Report, 1998; and

• Provincial Population Census Report of Sindh 1998.

4.3.5 Demographic Characteristics of the Project Area The total population of Malir District was 981.47 thousand in 1998 as compared to

429.57 thousands in 1981recording an increase of 128.46 percent over the last

seven years i.e., during 1981-98.

The average annual growth rate of population in the district during 1981-1998 was

4.9 percent. If the population continues to grow at its percent rate i.e. 4.98 percent



per annum, it will double in about every 14 years. The total area of the district is 2268

square kilometers, which gives population density of 432.7 persons per square

kilometer in 1998. Table 4.10 gives population, its intercensal increase and average

annual growth rate since 1981.

Table 4.10: Population and Intercensal Increase and Growth Rates since 1951

Description 1981 1998

Population (in thousands) 429.57 981.41

Intercensal Increase (Percent) - 128.46

Average Annual Growth Rate (percent) - 4.98 Source: DCR of Malir District, 1998

A) Household size Average household size of the district is 6.2 in 1998. if we compare rural / urban

areas the household size is 5.6 in rural and 6.8 in urban areas

B) Rural and Urban Distributions The rural population of the district is 321.00 thousands constituting 32.70 percent of

the total population in the district. The average annual growth rate of rural population

during 1981-1998 was 3.80 percent.

The urban population of the district was 660.00 thousand which constitutes 67.30

percent of its total district population. There are four urban localities in the district of

which District Municipal Corporation, Malir has a population of 447.00 thousands

followed by Gujro Town Committee with 134.54 thousands.

C) Religion The population of district is predominantly Muslims who constitutes 96.57 percent of

the total population; 96.51 percent in rural area and 96.60 percent in urban area. The

next higher percentage is of Christians with 2.08 percent followed by Hindu (Jati)

1.10 percent. While other minorities like Ahmadi, Scheduled Castes etc. are very

small in number. The following Table 4.11 shows percentage distribution of the total

population by religion.



Table 4.11: Percentage of Population by Religion

Religion All Areas Rural Urban Muslim 96.57 96.51 96.60

Christians 2.08 0.71 2.75 Hindu (Jati) 1.10 2.53 0.41

Ahmadi 0.18 0.15 0.19 Schedule Caste 0.03 0.07 0.01

Others 0.04 0.04 0.04 Source: DCR Malir District, 1998

D) Ethnic Structure Different tribes are settled in the district, majority of who are Muslim. Among Sindhis

the tribes settled here are Syed, Jokhia, Khaskheli, Palri, Bareja, Bhabra, Dhars,

Sirhindi Jamot and Mohannas. These tribes are landowners keep herds and do

fishing.

Among the Baloch, the tribes resides in the district are Kulmati, Jadgal, Gorgej, Hoot,

Vadela, Vashki, Zarzedagh, Tumpi, Lashari, Laghri, Khosa, Rindh, Brohi, Harani.

Characteristically, these people are hardworking and hospitable. The previously

mentioned tribes are engaged in land, service and business.

Among the Memons are Modaani, Chitrani, Bolani and Hamlani. The new settlers are

from India and have settled in this district after 1947. After the downfall of Dhaka, the

inhabitants from former East Pakistan migrated to this district.

Business and Industry allured a large number of persons from the rest of the country.

The majority among them are the Punjabis and the Pathans. A small proportion of

the Bengalis, the Burmese and the Meghwars are also settled in this district.

A small minority, which consists of Christians and Hindus, resides in Malir District.

E) Mother Tongue The mother tongue refers to the language used for communication between parents

and their children in any household. Sindhi as the mother tongue is spoken by 25.08

percent of the total population followed by Pushto and Punjabi sharing 20.67 and

17.46 percent respectively. Urdu, Baloachi and Saraiki are spoken by only 15.87,

8.51 and 2.36 percent of the population. While remaining people speak other

languages for communication. The following Table 4.12 gives detail on percentage of

population by mother tongue being spoken in rural and urban areas in 1998.



Table 4.12: Percentage of Population by Mother Tongue and Rural/Urban Areas, 1998.

Area Urdu Punjabi Sindhi Pashto Balochi Siraiki Others All Areas 15.87 17.46 25.08 20.67 8.51 2.36 10.06

Rural 6.21 10.56 58.44 4.09 15.25 0.00 5.45 Urban 20.57 20.81 8.87 28.72 5.23 3.50 12.31

Source: DCR Malir District, 1998

F) Gender Ratio Number of males for every 100 females was 126.80 percent recorded in 1998

Census in the district. The ratio was 114.60 percent in rural areas and it was 133.21

in urban areas.

G) Marital Status The population of 15 years and above was classified into never married, married,

widowed and divorced. Out of them 35.15 percent of the total population were never

married, 60.98 percent married 3.66 percent widowed and 0.21 percent divorced.

The percentage share of never married male was much higher than that of females,

being 41.31 percent and 26.47 percent respectively.

H) Migration The total number of life time in-migrants in Malir district was 354516 or 36.12 percent

of the total population in the district. They are 16.65 percent in rural and 45.59

percent in urban areas. The male and female in-migrants are 38.45 and 33.29

percent respectively. The persons, who have migrated into the district after March,

1993 are 33.16 percent, while 24.49 percent had migrated before 1993 but after

1988.

Out of total in-migrants, 4.22 percent migrated into the district as a result of

marriages, 53.86 percent moved with head, 16.57 percent due to business and 13.05

percent as a result of employment / transfer. Table 4.13 throws light on life time in-

migrants with their decomposition by place of origin and settlement in rural and urban

areas of the district.



Table 4.13: Life Time Migrants in the District by Rural/ Urban Areas, 1998

Place of Previous Residence

All Areas Rural Urban

All Areas 357,516 (100)

53,431 (100)

301,085 (100)

Sindh 31.43 42.63 29.44 KPK 9.45 5.78 10.11 Punjab 22.05 26.69 21.22 Baluchistan 4.98 0.67 5.74 Islamabad 0.02 0.00 0.02 FATA 1.16 0.13 1.34 AJK/NA 1.03 1.75 0.90 Other Countries 5.27 3.78 5.53 Not Reported 24.62 18.56 25.70

Source: DCR of Malir District, 1998

Size of immigrants with the province i.e., 31.43 percent belongs to Sindh while 22.05

percent migrated from Punjab, 9.45 percent from KPK and 4.98 percent from

Baluchistan as well as a significant proportion i.e. 5.27 percent had repatriated from

other countries. However, 24.62 percent had not reported their previous place of

residence.

4.4 ECONOMIC CONDITIONS

a) Economically Active Population of the Malir District The economically active population comprises the persons of either sex who are

engaged in some kind of work for pay or profit including unpaid family helpers as well

as the un-paid persons who are not working but looking for work as well as laid off,

during the reference period. The economically active population of the district as

enumerated in the last census was 23.73 percent of the total population or 33.22

percent of the population aged 10 years and above. The percentage of children

below 10 years was 28.59 while 8.28 percent were students. Further details can be

seen in Table 4.14.



Table 4.14: Percentage (%) of Population by Economic Categories, Gender and Rural/Urban Areas, 1998

Economic Category

All Areas Rural Urban Both

gender

Male Female Both Sexes Male Female Both

Sexes Male Female

Labour Force 23.73 40.90 1.95 22.53 40.35 2.10 24.31 41.16 1.86 Not in Labour Force 76.27 59.10 98.05 77.47 59.65 97.90 75.69 58.84 98.14

Children below 10 Years 28.59 26.54 31.30 29.81 28.80 30.98 28.00 25.39 31.47

Domestic Workers 30.52 2.42 66.13 32.26 2.65 66.18 29.67 2.31 66.11

Students 8.28 14.48 0.41 8.93 16.30 0.47 7.96 13.66 0.38 All Others 8.89 15.74 0.21 6.48 11.90 0.27 10.06 17.48 0.17 Un-Employment Rate

18.99 19.55 4.01 22.32 23.27 1.24 17.49 17.89 5.66

Labour Force Participation Rate

33.22 55.62 2.83 32.09 56.67 3.04 33.76 55.16 2.72

Source: DCR of Maliri District, 1998

b) Unemployment Unemployment rate is the percentage un-employed persons including those not

looking for work and laid off to the total economically active population in the district.

The unemployment rate is 18.99 percent, which was mainly due to unemployment

amongst males representing 19.55 percent, while female unemployment rate was

just 4.01 percent. This is because of their small proportion in total economically

active population. The unemployment rate in urban areas is 17.49 percent and 22.32

percent in rural areas.

c) Employed Population by Occupation Of the total employed population in the district 56.12 percent is in the major

occupation Group-9 “Elementary Occupations”. The next higher occupation group

comprising 15.63 percent is of Skilled Agriculture and Fishery Workers followed by

“Professionals” constituting 10.07 percent and then “Plant and Machine Operators

and Assemblers” sharing 4.37 percent.

In rural areas most of the employed persons i.e. 51.77 percent are associated with

Group-9 “Elementary Occupations, followed by “Service Workers, Shop and Market

Sale Workers” at 19.47 percent. In urban areas, as high as 57.96 percent is engaging

in “Elementary Occupations”, followed by Service Workers and Shop and Market

Sales Workers at 13.88 percent and Professionals at 12.82 percent.



d) Industry, Trade and Trade Centers The district is prominent from industrial point of view. The large industries established

here which is about 15.3 percent of the entire Karachi is. These manufacturing

industries are of textiles, food, pharmaceuticals, iron and ceramics. The famous are

Daud Mills, Firdous Mills, Nagerya Mills, Gul Ahmed Mills, Metropolitan Steel Mills,

General Tyre and Trust Ceramics.

Pakistan Steel, the largest steel mill of the country is situated in this district. The mill

has a capacity of producing 1.1 million tonnes of steel.

Malir is also the most important Centre of handicrafts and cottage industries.

Amongst others the main cottage industries are carpet, zari (gold/silver), embroidery

etc.

There is no major trade Centre in the district, however Quaid Abad is to be

considered as local market. In this market besides food items basic commodities of

life are available.

4.5 TRANSPORTATION Roads The district has an adequate communication network. Besides numerous roads

connecting the district with other parts of the district two major Highways passes

through this district: Super Highway and National Highway. Lengths of Super

Highway and National Highway passing through the district are about 50 and 35

kilometers respectively.

Railways The district is also connected with Railways. Main Railway Lines connecting Karachi

with up country passes through this district and its distance within the district is about

50 kilometers.

International Airport Karachi International Airport is situated in this district which is the biggest in the

country in terms of size and passengers handled. The National and International

Airlines connects Karachi with rest of the country and with the others countries.

A view of Karachi International Airport has been shown in the following Figure 4.11.



Figure 4.11: A view of Karachi International Airport

Port Bin Qasim In order to ease the burden of Karachi harbor, a new port at Bin Qasim (in Malir

District) has been built. This port in mainly used for bulk cargo and particularly

serving for shipment of Steel Mills. A view of Karachi Bin Qasim Port has been

shown in the following Figure 4.12.

Figure 4.12: A view of Karachi Bin Qasim Port

4.6 HEALTH FACILITIES

There are only 5 dispensaries and 3 maternity homes in the district; whereas on

private sector there are numerous hospitals and dispensaries well-equipped with

modern technological equipment needed for treatment of diseases.



4.7 EDUCATION

The district being a part of Karachi metropolis, as such all type of education facilities

are available. Though the district has one medical university in private sector,

however, the remaining districts of Karachi division fulfill this shortage providing the

facility of higher studies in Government universities like the Karachi University. The

NED University of Engineering and Technology, Sindh Medical College and Dow

Medical College of Sindh Government as well as Agha Khan Medical College and Sir

Syed University of Engineering and Technology in private sector.

Institute of Computer Science (FAST), Pakistan Swedish Institute of Technology and

Cadet College in Gulshan-e-Hadeed are the institutions of national repute which are

located in the district.

A statement showing number of educational institutions and enrollment of students in

the district during 1997-98 is given below in Table 4.15.

Table 4.15: Number of Schools and Enrollment of Students, 1997-98

Primary Secondary High Degree Others

Institute/Enrolments 120 24 05 12 35

No of Students 15746 8306 2960 15458 1748 Source: Deputy Commissioner Office, Malir.

Literacy The literacy in the 1998 census is defined as the “ability of a person to read a

newspaper or write a simple letter in any language”, the literacy is measured in terms

of literacy ratio and computed as percentage of literate persons among the

population aged 10 years and above.

The literacy ratio of the district is 53.56 percent. The male literacy ratio is higher at

61.44 percent as compared to 42.87 percent for females. There are sharp differences

in the literacy ratios by sex and area. The ratio in urban areas is 55.65 as compared

to 49.16 percent in rural areas. In rural areas male literacy is 58.57 percent as

compared to female literacy ratio which is at 38.05 percent. In urban areas, it is 62.69

for males in comparison to females at 45.43. Table 4.16 shows literacy ratio by sex

and rural/urban areas for the year 1998.



Table 4.16: Literacy Ratios by Sex and Rural/Urban Areas, 1981 & 1998

Area 1998

Both Sexes Male Female

All Areas 53.56 61.44 42.88

Rural 49.16 58.57 38.05

Urban 55.65 62.69 45.43 Source: DCR of Malir District, 1998

Important Places including in project area The three important places are included in our project area; these places are as

follows;

a) Malir City Malir, the district headquarters, is situated twenty kilometers from the heart of

Karachi City. It is famous for its vegetables gardens and fruit orchards. With the

increase industrial growth, Malir has developed into a commercial and industrial

centre. A view of Malir City has been shown in the Figure 4.13.

Figure 4.13: A view of Malir City



b) Pakistan Steel Mills Pakistan Steel Mills is the country’s largest industrial unit having production capacity

of 1.1 million tonnes of steel. A view of Pakistan Steel Mills has been shown in the

Figure 4.14.

Figure 4.14: A view of Pakistan Steel Mills

c) Karachi Airport Karachi airport is the gateway to the east. It was built in 1924 when aviation was in its

infancy. During the last 26 years it has grown to be one of the best in Asia in air

traffic control and communication facilities.

4.8 SOCIOECONOMIC BASELINE SURVEY The information regarding socioeconomic baseline is derived from primary data

collection. Baseline survey was carried out in the project area to study and to

establish the baseline socioeconomic conditions around the project area. For this

purpose, a sample of 100 respondents was taken on the basis of simple random

sampling technique, which included shop keepers, factory workers, local residents,

PharmEvo representatives, EPA Officials and pedestrians, etc. Only males were

included during the survey.

Efforts were made to include the majority of the population in the sample and contact

the households residing around the project site. A study specifically for the purpose

has been carried out for proposed project which undertook the demographic and

socioeconomic investigation / survey by carrying out field visit and performing

subsequent analysis.

4.8.1 Field Survey A site visit to the proposed project area was conducted in May 2016 and June 2016.

Data collection was subsequently undertaken during May 30, 2016 to June 03, 2016.



This included the collection of demographic and socio-economic baseline information

through a standardized survey tool focusing on household composition, education

levels, general health status, livelihood strategies, employment, income and

expenditure and the availability of utilities, their pressing needs and most importantly

land acquisition and resettlement issues. A sample survey was carried out in the Bin

Qasim Town, Bhains Colony, Korangi, Landhi Industrial Area, Rehri Goth and Steel

Town located in the proposed project site.

4.8.2 Survey Results

a) Demographic Characteristics of the Respondents Demography is defined as statistical analysis of data about the characteristics of a

population, such as the age, sex / gender, income, religion, ethnic structures, mother

tongue, marital status of the people within the population. According to proposed

project, some specific demographic characteristics of sampled population are

described hereunder;

i. Gender Ratio of the Respondents The gender ratio is actually the proportional distribution of the gender in a population

aggregate, expressed as the number of females per 100 males. According to

baseline survey, 100 respondents were interviewed and all of them were males.

Table 4.17 shows gender ratio of the respondents contacted.

Table 4.17: Gender Ratio of the Respondents

Gender Ratio of the Respondents

Sr. No.

Gender Frequency Percentage (%)

1 Male 100 100 Total 100 100

ii. Age Composition of the Respondents The demographic characteristics of the sample survey in (Table 4.18) showing that

06% of the respondents were up to 25 years of age, 44% of the respondents were

aged between 26 – 35 years while 34% were 36 – 45 years and 16% were more than

45 years of age. These figures show that sampled respondents were mature enough

to give their opinion about the proposed project and envisioned of its impacts.



Table 4.18: Age Composition of the Respondents

Age Composition of the Respondents

Sr. No. Age Group

Frequency Percentage (%)

1 15-25 06 06 2 26-35 44 44 3 36-45 34 34 4 Above 45 16 16

Total 100 100

The bar chart (Figure 4.15), given below shows the age composition of the

respondents.

Figure 4.15: Age Composition of the Respondents

iii. Marital Status One's situation with regard to whether one is single, married, separated, divorced, or

widowed is basically a marital status. In all 100 sampled respondents, the percentage

share of the married respondents were higher than that of the unmarried. Majority of

the respondents i.e. 77% were married and remaining 23% were unmarried during

socioeconomic baseline survey as shown in Table 4.19.



Table 4.19: Marital Status of the Respondents

Marital Status of the Respondents

Sr. No. Marital Status Frequency

Percentage (%)

1 Married 77 77 2 Unmarried 23 23

Total 100 100

The bar chart (Figure 4.16), given below shows the marital status of the

respondents.

Figure 4.16: Marital Status of the Respondents

iv. Caste / Ethnic Group According to baseline survey, it was found that largest part of the respondents i.e.

30% was Syeds. While 19% were Pashton, 03% were Rajpoot, 15% were Rajpoat,

12% Muhajir and 18% were those who did not show any response regarding this

question. Only 05% respondents belong to some other castes. The total sampled

castes of the respondents are given in Table 4.20.



Table 4.20: Caste / Ethnic of the Respondents

Caste / Ethnic Group of the Respondents

Sr. No. Caste Number Percentage (%)

1 Abbasi 06 06 2 Baloch 15 15 3 Muhajir 12 12

4 No Response

10 10

5 Others 05 05 6 Pashtoan 19 19 7 Rajpoot 3 03 8 Syed 30 30

Total 100 100

The bar chart below (Figure 4.17) shows the caste distribution of the respondents.

Figure 4.17: Caste/Ethnic Group of the Respondents

v. Mother Tongue When respondents were asked about their mother tongue then it was observed

during survey that Urdu language was the preponderant language being spoken by



majority of the respondents i.e. 34%. While 12% respondents use Pashto Language

for communication and 10% respondents use Punjabi language as mother tounge.

Hindi language is spoken by 06%, Sindhi by 19%, Bangali language by 03% and

07% respondents are using Saraiki Language for communication. Table 4.21 shows

the language spoken by the respondents.

Table 4.21: Mother Tongue of the Respondents

Mother Tongue of the Respondents Sr. No.

Mother Tongue Number Percentage

(%) 1 Balochi 10 10 2 Bengali 3 03 3 Hindi 6 06 4 Pashto 12 12 5 Punjabi 9 09 6 Sindhi 19 19 7 Siraiki 7 07 8 Urdu 34 34

Total 100 100

The language spoken by the respondents is illustrated in the following bar chart

(Figure 4.18).

Figure 4.18: Mother Tongue of the Respondents



vi. Qualification of the Respondents From survey results (Table 4.22) it was found that educational attainment for

sampled population of project area is not very low. Out of 100 respondents, 23% of

were illiterate. Primary and middle school respondents were 18% each. While 13%

got education up to metric level, 14% passed the intermediate and above inter

respectively of the total respondents.

Table 4.22: Qualification of the Respondents

Qualification of the Respondents Sr. No. Education Number Percentage

(%) 1 Illiterate 23 23 2 Primary 18 18 3 Middle 18 18 4 Metric 13 13 5 Intermediate 14 14 6 Above inter 14 14

Total 100 100

The bar chart given below in (Figure 4.19) shows the educational status of the

respondents.

Figure 4.19: Qualification of the Respondents



vii. Professional Status of the Respondents According to socioeconomic survey findings, it was witnessed that out of 100

respondents, majority of the respondents i.e. 40% are working as labor, 12% are

involved in government jobs. While 29% are doing their own business and 29% of the

respondents are doing private jobs. During survey, efforts were made to interact with

people from all walks of life. The detailed statistics based on sample survey,

regarding occupational status of the respondents are shown in Table 4.23.

Table 4.23: Professional Status of the Respondents

Professional Status of the Respondents Sr. No.

Professional Status Number Percentage

(%) 1 Business 19 19 2 Labor 40 40 3 Private job 29 29 4 Govt. Job 12 12

Total 100 100

The bar chart (Figure 4.20) shows the professional status of the respondents is

given below.

Figure 4.20: Professional Status of the Respondents



b) Economic Conditions Average monthly income and average monthly expenditures are the economic

indicators to determine the economic conditions of any individual.

i) Average Monthly Income The income status of the respondents was evaluated by dividing the respondents into

different income categories. During field survey, it was observed that out of 100

respondents, 01% respondents are earning less than 5000 per month, 05%

respondents fall in income range between 5,001 to 10,000, 19% respondents plunge

within the income range of 10,001 to 15,000 and 75% respondents are earning

above 15,000. Table 4.24 shows income status of the respondents.

Table 4.24: Average Monthly Income of the Respondents

Average Monthly Income of the Respondents

Sr. No. Distribution Number Percentage (%)

1 Less than 5000

01 01

2 5001-10000 05 05 3 10001-15000 19 19 4 Above 15000 75 75

Total 100 100

In the pie chart (Figure 4.21), the income groups of various respondents are shown below.

Figure 4.21: Average Monthly Income of Respondents



ii) Average Monthly Expenditures Table 4.25 shows expenditure status of the respondents. Out of 100 respondents,

03% respondent’s falls in average monthly expenditure range of 5,000-10,000, 08%

respondents plunge within the expenditure range of 10,001 to 15,000 and majority of

the respondents i.e 89% respondents have the expenditure range of above 15,000

and No respondent is falling within the income group of less than 5000.

Table 4.25: Average Monthly Expenditures of the Respondents

Average Monthly Expenditure of the Respondents

Sr. No. Distribution Number Percentage (%)

1 5001-10000 03 03 2 10001-15000 08 08 3 Above 15000 89 89

Total 100 100

In bar chart (Figure 4.22), the average monthly expenditures of various respondents

are shown below.

Figure 4.22: Average Monthly Expenditures of Respondents



c) Family System Survey results clearly show that majority of the respondents i.e. 55% are living in the

nuclear family system. Remaining 45% are living in the nuclear family system which is

shown in the Table 4.26.

Table 4.26: Family System of the Respondents

Family System Sr. No Type Number Percentage (%)

1 Joint 45 45 2 Nuclear 55 55

Total 100 100

Bar chart given below (Figure 4.22) shows the Family System of the respondents.

Figure 4.22: Family System of the Respondents

d) Average Household Size It is clear from data presented in the Table 4.27 that the majority of the respondents

42% reported their household size ranging from 6 to 8 persons, 27% respondents were

reported holding family members between 3-5 and 17% families have the average

household size above 8. While 03% of the respondents reported their household size

0-2 and 11% respondents did not give any response regarding their family size.



Table 4.27: Average Household Size of Respondents

Average Household Size Sr. No. Distribution Number Percentage (%)

1 0-2 03 03 2 3-5 27 27 3 6-8 42 42 4 Above 8 17 17

5 No Response 11 11

Total 100 100

The bar chart given (Figure 4.23) shows the average household size of the

respondents.

Figure 4.23: Average Household Size of Respondents

e) Ownership Status of the Houses Ownership status of the house depict that how much respondents blong to self

owned, rented and encroached structures (houses and shops). During the field

survey it was observed that out of 100 respondents majority i.e. 58% of the

respondents are the renters, 34% have self owned houses and only 08% of the

respondents are enchroachers. Table 4.28 shows the ownership status of the

houses of the respondents.



Table 4.28: Ownership Status of the Houses

Ownership of Houses Sr. No Status Number Percentage

(%) 1 Self-Owned 34 34 2 Rented 58 58 3 Encroached/Squatted 08 08

Total 100 100

The bar chart given below (Figure 4.24) shows the ownership of the houses of the

respondents.

Figure 4.24: Ownership Status of the Houses

f) Nature of Construction of Houses Housing structures within the proposed project area reflect a dependence on natural,

local resources and the lack of access to or ability to purchase external, more durable,

man-made construction materials. Out of 100 respondents, majority i.e. 47% of them

live in the in the semi-pacca houses made by the mixture of concrete, bricks and mud,

37% in pacca houses made up of bricks and concrete and 15% of the respondents

are living in Katcha houses made of mud. While 01% of the respondents are running



their business in the type of kiosk (an open summer house or pavilion). Table 4.29

shows the nature of the construction of the houses.

Table 4.29: Nature of Construction of Houses

Nature of Construction of Houses

Sr. No. Type Number Percentage (%)

1 Semi-Pacca 47 47

2 Pacca 37 37 3 Kaccha 15 15 4 Kiosk 01 01

Total 100 100

The bar chart below (Figure 4.25) shows the nature of construction of houses.

Figure 4.25: Nature of Construction of House

g) Availability of Utilities The availability of utilities and development of this community is noticed by visiting

this proposed project area. Table 4.30 shows that bulk of the respondents i.e. 55%

had access to electricity, water supply and gas while 12% of the respondents had



both water supply system and gas and 26% are those who had access to all facilities.

While 07% of the respondents had no access to these facilities.

Table 4.30: Availability of Utilities

Availability of Utilities

Sr. No. Facility Number Percentage (%)

1 Electricity, Water supply, Gas 55 55 2 Water supply, Gas 12 12 3 All 26 26 4 None 07 07

Total 100 100

In the bar chart (Figure 4.26), the availability of utilities of various respondents is

shown below.

Figure 4.26: Availability of utilities for Respondents

h) Source of Water for Domestic Use Sampled respondents are depending upon multiple sources of water for domestic

use which is shown in Table 4.31. Water supply is the main source of drinking water

in the proposed project area so majority of the respondents i.e. 29% use this source,

12% use hand pumps / electric motor as a source of water for domestic use, while



25% use public water supply, hand pump / electric motor as source of water. 12%

respondents are using other sources of water for domestic use and 22% respondents

are using all sources of water.

Table 4.31: Source of Water for Domestic Use

Source of Household Water in Project Area Sr. No. Sources of Water Number Percentage (%)

1 Public water supply 29 29 2 Hand pumps/Electric motor and Bore hole 12 12

3 Public water supply & Hand pumps, Borehole

25 25

4 Any Other 12 12 5 All 22 22

Total 100 100

In the bar chart (Figure 4.27), Source of household water for domestic use is shown

below.

Figure 4.27: Source of Water for Domestic Use



i) Satisfaction level with Water Quality The quality of water is directly linked to the quality of health. Table 4.32 depicts the

perception of people about water quality in the proposed project area. It was noticed

during the baseline survey that the quality of water is satisfactory and acceptable.

Majority of the respondents i.e. 75% are satisfied with the water quality. But

according to 25% respondents, the water quality is not satisfactory due to the poor

quality of water. They also reported that water supply lines are mixed with the waste

water which makes the water unhealthy for drinking purpose.

Table 4.32: Satisfaction Level with Water Quality

Satisfaction Level with Water Quality

Sr. No. Opinion Number Percentage (%)

1 Yes 75 75 2 No 25 25

Total 100 100

In the bar chart (Figure 4.28), satisfaction level with quality of water is shown below.

Figure 4.28: Satisfaction Level with Water Quality



j) Satisfaction level with Industrial Development Table 4.33 depicts the perception of people about the industrial development in the

project area. It was noticed during the baseline survey that majority of the

respondents i.e. 73% are satisfied with this industrial development. But according to

27% respondents these developments are not satisfactory due to some reasons.

Table 4.33: Satisfaction Level with Industrial Development

Satisfaction Level with existing with Industrial Development


1 Yes 73 73 2 No 27 27

Total 100 100

In the bar chart (Figure 4.29), satisfaction level with Industrial Development is shown below

Figure 4.29: Satisfaction Level with existing with Industrial Development

k) Impact of Proposed Project on Employment of Workers When respondents were asked about the impacts of the proposed project on

employment of workers then majority of respondents i.e. 73% respondents were

those who responded that proposed project will impact on the employment while 27%



believed that this proposed project will not impact on employment of workers as

shown in Table 4.34.

Table 4.34: Impact of Proposed Project on Employment of Workers

Impact of Proposed Project on Employment of Workers

Sr. No. Impact Number Percentage (%)

1 Yes 73 73

2 No 27 27

Total 100 100

In the following bar chart (Figure 4.30), responses are shown below

Figure 4.30: Impact of Proposed Project on Employment of Workers

l) Nature of Impact of Proposed Project on Employment of Workers In the response of this question majority of the respondents i.e. 52% hope that the

proposed project will create job opportunities for the locals. According to 07% and

09% respondents, this project will prove a good source of revenue generation and

good for economic growth respectively. While 27% respondents did not show any



response regarding this question. Table 4.35 depicts the details of nature of the

impacts.

Table 4.35: Nature of Impact of Project on Employment of Workers

Nature of Impact of Project on Employment of Workers

Sr. No. Issues Number Percentage (%)

1 A good source of revenue generation 07 07

2 Employment Opportunities 52 52

3 Good for economic growth 09 09 4 Logistic Increase 05 05 5 No 27 27

Total 100 100

In the following bar chart (Figure 4.31), nature of the impacts are shown below

Figure 4.31: Nature of the impacts proposed by the Respondents

m) Location of Proposed Project in High Population Density

Survey results (Table 4.36) show that out of 100 respondents, majority i.e. 91%

respondents appreciated that project is not falling within the populated area only 09%

respondents said that this project is falling in the populated area.



Table 4.36: Location of Proposed Project in High Population Density

Location of Proposed Project


1 Yes 09 09 2 No 91 91

Total 100 100

The views of various respondents about location of proposed project in high

population Density is shown in below bar chart (Figure 4.32).

Figure 4.32: Location of Proposed Project

n) Acquisition of Private Land Survey results (Table 4.37) show that out of 100 respondents, majority i.e. 96%

respondents appreciated that no private land acquisition is involved. Only 04%

respondents said that they will face land acquisition regarding this project.

Table 4.37: Acquisition of Private Land

Acquisition of Private Land Sr. No. Opinion Number Percentage (%)

1 Yes 04 04 2 No 96 96

Total 100 100



The acquisition of private land of various respondents is shown in below bar chart

(Figure 4.33).

Figure 4.33: Acquisition of Private Land

o) Awareness about the Project The analysis of the socio economic baseline survey shows the awareness level

about the proposed Project in Table 4.38. A vast majority of respondents i.e. 94%

had cognizance about the proposed project and remaining 06% of the respondents

had no knowingness about the proposed project.

Table 4.38: Awareness about the Proposed Project

Awareness about the Proposed Project Sr. No.

Response Number Percentage

(%) 1 Yes 06 06 2 No 94 94

Total 100 100



In the bar chart (Figure 4.34), information regarding proposed project are shown

below.

Figure 4.34: Awareness about the Proposed Project

p) Implementation of the Proposed Project Table 4.39 shows the willingness of the respondents about implementation of the

proposed project. The greater volume of the respondents i.e. 70% were in favor of

the construction of proposed project. Only 30% did not show any avidness about the

project implementation.

Table 4.39: Implementation of the Proposed Project

Project Implementation

Sr. No Opinion Number Percentage (%)

1 Yes 70 70 2 No 30 30

Total 100 100



In the bar chart (Figure 4.35), the perception of various respondents about the proposed

project is shown below.

Figure 4.35: Implementation of Proposed Project

q) Perceived Impacts Table 4.40 & Table 4.41 provide us the various impacts perceived by the respondents

during construction and operation of provision of coal conveying system.

i) Perceived Impacts of the Project during construction

The big trepidation of the respondents i.e. 37% was about traffic issues due to the

movement of heavy machinery during the construction phase of the proposed

project. 08% of respondents think that safety hazards might be produce due to

construction/spillage of the proposed project. In 07% cases, the respondents showed

their serious concern about mobility problem for factory workers in the vicinity of the

proposed project.

While 15% and 09% of the respondents expressed that there will be dust & noise and

tree cutting issue during the construction phase respectively, 06% respondents said

that due to the construction phase of this project local residents will suffer from all the

aspects and 18% of the total respondents responded that they have no issue due to



the proposed project. Table 4.40 shows the impacts perceived by the respondents

during construction.

Table 4.40: Perceived Impacts (During construction)

Perceived Impacts of the Project (During Construction)

Sr. No. Impacts Number Percentage (%)

1 Dust & air pollution 15 15

2 Local residents will suffer from all aspects 06 06

3 Mobility problems for factory workers 07 07

4 Road blockage issues due to heavy traffic 37 37

5 Safety hazards due to construction/spillage 08 08

6 Tree cutting 09 09

7 No Response 18 18 Total 100 100

The perceived impacts of the respondents during construction are shown below in

graphical form (Figure 4.36).

Figure 4.36: Impacts Perceived by Respondents



ii) Perceived Impacts of the Project after Construction When respondents were asked about perceived impacts after construction phase, 10%

respondents responded that as income generating activities will increase so more

income will be generated through this project, while bulk of respondents i.e. 37%

believed that pollution will increase due to the coal dust which will have negative

impacts on the health of local settlements. According to survey finding, 12%

respondents also responded that proposed project would have positive impacts on the

local residents in terms of employment opportunities, 09% respondents expressed that

environmental hazards might be arise due to gas leakage/spillage in the project area.

In 08%, respondents believe that proposed project will be beneficial for local residents

in all aspects, while 24% respondents did not give ant response. Table 4.41 shows the

impacts perceived by the respondents after construction.

Table 4.41: Perceived Impacts (after Construction)

Perceived Impacts of the Project (After Construction) Sr. No Impacts Number Percentage (%)

1 Beneficial for people from all aspects 08 08

2 Employment Opportunities 12 12

3 Environmental hazards due to Gas leakage/Spillage 09 09

4 Income generation 10 10 5 Pollution due to coal dust 37 37 6 No Response 24 24

Total 100 100

The perceived impacts of the respondents during operation are shown below in

graphical form (Figure 4.37).

Figure 4.37: Impacts Perceived by Respondents



r) Protective Measures From the data given in Table 4.42, in 09% cases, respondents suggested that

harmful effects of coal on local residents should be minimize, 08% respondents

highlighted that there should be a proper maintenance of roads and other

infrastructure so that the heavy load of traffic can be managed easily. While 05%

suggested that fire protection systems should be installed for a safe & healthy

environment, 14% accentuated that fishing sector should improve more rather any

disturbance, 03% respondents said that more development projects should be

constructed in this project area, 13% respondents want that project must shift

somewhere else because it is not suitable place for this project and 48% respondents

did not give any response.

Table 4.42 Protective Measures Protective Measures

Sr. No. Protective Measures Number Percentage (%)

1 Fire protection system should be installed 05 05

2 Fishing Sector should be improve rather any disturbance 14 14

3 Harmful effects of coal on local residents should minimize 09 09

4 Maintenance of road & traffic management 08 08

5 More development projects should be constructed here 03 03

6 Project must shift somewhere else 13 13

7 No Response 48 48

Total 100 100

In the pie chart below (Figure 4.38) the protective measures suggested by the

respondents are shown.



Figure 4.38: Protective Measures Suggested by Respondents

a) Pressing Needs of the Project Area Survey Results are shown in Table 4.43, which further depict that out of 100

respondents, majority i.e. 22% said that the proper medical and educational institutions

should be provided to the local residents and these institutions should also be

upgraded with the passage of time, again in majority i.e. 22% respondents showed that

the maintenance of roads and proper provision of infrastructure should be in this

proposed project area, while remaining 20% respondents assumed that there should

be a provision of clean drinking water in this project area and 11 % respondents think

that the provision of electricity is a basic need of the local residents so it should be prior

in the provision of all needs. 09% respondents thought that a proper waste

management system should be provided to the local residents of the proposed project

area. Remaining 16% respondents did not show any response regarding the pressing

needs of that project area.



Table 4.43 Pressing Needs of the Project Area

Pressing Needs of the Project Area Sr. No. Pressing Needs Number Percentage (%)

1 Establishment of roads and infrastructure 22 22

2 Proper waste management 09 09 3 Provision of drinking water 20 20 4 Provision of electricity 11 11

5 Provision of medical and educational institutions 22 22

6 No Response 16 16 Total 100 100

In the pie chart below (Figure 4.39) the pressing needs suggested by the

respondents are shown.

Figure 4.39: Pressing Needs of the Project Area

Section – 5 Description of the Project EIA of Coal Conveying System - Port Qasim, Karachi


SECTION - 5 PUBLIC CONSULTATION

5.0 GENERAL This section describes the outcome of the public consultation sessions held with

different stakeholders that may be affected by the proposed project. Public

Consultation is a mandatory part of the EA process for development projects. The

adequacy of the public consultation and information disclosure is one of the basic

criteria used to determine the project compliance with the national / international

safeguard policies.

The consultation process was carried out in accordance with the requirements of

Pakistan Environmental Procedures. The objectives of this process were to:

a) Identify and involve all stakeholders, especially local residents, in the

consultative and participation process;

b) Share information with stakeholders on the design and construction of the

proposed project and anticipated impacts on the physical, biological and

socio-economic environment of the project area;

c) Understand stakeholders' concerns regarding various aspects of the project,

including the existing available facilities and problems, construction of the

project and the likely impacts of construction and operation related activities;

d) Understand the perceptions, assessment of social impacts and concerns of

the communities in the vicinity of the proposed project;

e) Provide an opportunity to the public in the public consultation session to

provide valuable suggestions for the project design in a positive manner; and

f) Reduce the chances of conflict through the identification of controversial

issues, and consult them to find up to standard solutions.

5.1 CONSULTATION AND PARTICIPATION PROCESS

For ascertaining the perceptions of different stakeholders about the project (during

construction/operation) consultation meetings were held with them. These meetings



were conducted in an open atmosphere at different places (Bin Qasim Town, Bhains

Colony, Korangi, Landhi Industrial Area, Rerhi Ghoth, Steel Town and surrounding

areas). in which participants expressed their views freely. The consultation meetings

were carried out from May 30, 2016 to June 03, 2016.

5.2 METHODS OF PUBLIC CONSULTATION

Public Consultation was carried out in order to establish stakeholder’s opinion

regarding project implementation. The following methods were used for public

consultation with project stakeholders

• Scoping Sessions

• Formal Meetings

• Informal Group Meetings

5.3 IDENTIFICATION OF STAKEHOLDERS

Stakeholders are those who have a direct or indirect interest in project development,

and who will be involved in the consultation process. During the field survey,

significant efforts were made to identify the possible categories of stakeholders and

their stakes. The stakeholders identified during field survey were the local residents,

shop keepers, pedestrian, factory workers, Pharm Evo and EPA officials. All the

stakeholders had different type of stakes according to their professions which are

listed down along with their apprehensions.

5.4 CATEGORIES OF STAKEHOLDERS CONTACTED The stakeholders contacted, are given in the Table 5.1.

Table 5.1: Stakeholders Contacted in the Project Area

Sr. No. Stakeholder Category 1 EPA Officials 2 Bin Qasim Association of Trade and

Industry 3 Industries Located in the Project Area 4 Local residents 5 Shop keepers 6 Pedestrians 7 Factory workers



5.5 MAJOR STAKEHOLDERS AND THEIR APPREHENSIONS

Among all stakeholders some major stakeholders were identified in the proposed

project area. Plate 5.1 shows the pictorial view of Interviews, consultation meetings

and focused group discussions (FGDs) held with the stakeholders. The following Table 5.2 contains the list of major stakeholders and their apprehensions.

Table 5.2: Major Stakeholders and their Apprehensions in the Project Area

Sr. No.

Stakeholders Apprehensions

4 Industries Dust and noise pollution, safety issues, disturbance of utilities, traffic associated with construction activities.

1. Local Residents Movement problem for local residents and labor, dust and noise problem, privacy / safety issues, disturbance of public utilities

2. Shop Owners Increase in business, noise, air pollution

3 Pedestrians During construction period pedestrians will face difficulties while walking to nearby places existing in the vicinity of proposed project area

4 Factory workers Dust and noise pollution, privacy / safety issues, disturbance of utilities, traffic and lightening associated with construction activities on the residents living near the project area that can cause disturbances and stress.

5 Pharm Evo Representatives

Coal dust and noise pollution, Health & safety issues, Coal fire hazard



Plate 5.1: Interviews and group discussions with stakeholders



5.6 CONSULTATION MEETINGS AND FORMAL AND INFORMAL GROUP DISCUSSIONS

Consultation Meetings, Focus Group Discussions (FGDs) and Scoping Meetings

regarding project impacts, their magnitude and mitigation measures were held with

the representatives of Bin Qasim Association of Trade and Industry (BQATI) and

different industries, local residents, shop keepers, pedestrian, factory workers and

EPA officials to know their concerns regarding proposed project.

Scoping sessions were conducted with the local residents, shop keepers,

pedestrians and factory workers. These sessions were held at Bin Qasim Town,

Bhains Colony, Korangi, Landhi Industrial Area, Rerhi Ghat, Steel Town and

surrounding areas.

Generally, it was found that people were already aware of the proposed project. After

the meetings with the local residents and other stakeholders, majority of the

respondents (70%) during sample survey showed their support for the proposed

project. This project will be beneficial not only for the local residents but also good for

the development of the country as this project will increase power generation.

Scoping Meeting

An EIA scoping meeting was organized by PQA, on April 12, 2016 at the Conference

Room of Port Qasim Authority Karachi with the objective to provide a joint platform to

the project relevant stakeholders to discuss and highlight, the important issues, and

aspects pertaining to the project which need to be considered during the ongoing EIA

study for Coal Conveying System.

Scoping at the outset of the EIA study enables the EIA study team to identify and

earmark the important aspects/ issues to be subsequently covered in the EIA.

All the relevant stakeholders as identified by PQA and NESPAK as per

recommendations and Public Consultation Guidelines by Pakistan Environmental

Protection Agency (1997) were invited to attend the Scoping Meeting. The meeting

was attended by many important stakeholders representing the proponent,

governmental and non-governmental organizations, industrial and special interest

groups. (Attendance Sheet of Participants is also attached as annexure vii).



The meeting started with the recitation of Holy Quran at 10:00 hrs with opening

remarks from Director General (Technical), PQA. The Director General, welcomed

the participants to the meeting. The meeting proceeded with a presentation by

Consultants on the proposed project. The presentation illustrated different project

components, route alignments along the entire project length, strategies that will be

adopted at sensitive locations, alternatives considered for different sections of the

alignment and other relevant aspects.

At the end of the presentation, participants were invited to ask questions and give

suggestions/observations.

Scoping Meeting at Conference Room of Port Qasim Authority, Karachi



5.7 CONCERNS / SUGGESTIONS OF THE STAKEHOLDERS

The most commonly raised concerns during the meetings are listed below:

Exposure of noise and dust pollution will deteriorate the air quality and cause

health & safety issues to the local residents and factory workers throughout

the construction and operation stages due to the movement of construction

machinery and transportation of construction materials and coal. The effects

of noise and dust pollution on the local residents should be minimized by

making necessary arrangements. Dust pollution should be controlled by water

sprinkling on daily basis and the conveyor belt shall be covered;

Due to the movement of loaded trucks in the construction period of proposed

project, congestion on the access road will create. Proper diversion route

rather than access road should be clearly defined to avoid blockage of access

road during the entire construction period;

Loading and unloading of coal can cause fire hazard.

During construction period local residents and pedestrians will face difficulties

while walking to nearby places in the vicinity of proposed project area.

Appropriate diversion plan should be develop to avoid the disruption of all the

people due to use of heavy machinery in day timings and should avoid

disturbance for the local residents living in the project vicinity;

Local residents should be given priority for jobs during the construction

phase;

Due to the construction of the proposed project, public utilities will be

disturbed. Arrangements should be made to minimize the disruption of public

utilities or they may be rehabilitated on priority basis to reduce the impacts;

Tree cutting should be avoided in this area as much as possible; and

Increase in traffic and safety hazards will create problems to local population

and surrounding communities. Accordingly, a detailed health and safety plan

must be developed to mitigate the construction and operation risks of the

proposed project on the local residents and surrounding communities.



5.8 MITIGATION MEASURES PROPOSED BY EIA CONSULTANTS FOR ADDRESSING THE STAKEHOLDER’S CONCERNS

The contractors and design consultants may include the following environmental and safety

provisions in the project design in order to protect the surrounding communities from

the anticipated impacts of pre and post construction activities:

Local residents should be given jobs on priority basis during construction and

operation phase of the proposed project;

All efforts should be espoused to save existing plantation;

Construction machinery should be placed at adequate locations away from

the sensitive areas to minimize the impacts related to the noise;

Project facilities should be located outside the existing residential areas. In

order to avoid restricting the daily movement of the local stakeholders,

construction vehicles should remain confined within their designated areas of

movement;

The utilities to be shifted due to the implementation of the proposed project

should be rehabilitated on priority basis to minimize the impacts on the

stakeholders;

Solid waste generated during construction at site should be disposed of safely

at the waste disposal sites approved by the City District Government, Karachi;

and

All necessary measures should be taken to ensure the safety of traffic during

construction, including barricades (including signs boards, pavement

markings, flags, and lights). All such barricades will be set up to facilitate the

local traffic.

5.9 DETAILS OF MEETINGS WITH THE STAKEHOLDERS

In addition to the previously discussed commonly raised concerns, there were certain

issues at the project site which were raised by the respondents. The detailed

schedule of meetings at site with the stakeholders and the issues raised by the

respondents are given below in Table 5.3.

Section – 5 Public Consultation EIA of Coal Conveying System - Port Qasim, Karachi


Table 5.3: Schedule of Meetings with Stakeholders and their Concerns / Apprehensions

Sr. No. Date Time Venue No. of

Participants Apprehensions

Raised

Suggestions

1.

30/5/2016

10.30 AM Bhains Colony 17 No Apprehensions. Government should launch projects for power generation.

Local residents should give preference for jobs during construction and operation phase.

Solid waste generated during construction at site should be disposed of safely at the waste disposal sites.

Arrangements should be made to minimize the disruption of public utilities, or they may be rehabilitated on priority basis to reduce the impact.

Efforts should be made to complete the construction work within the time period.

Accordingly a detailed health and safety plan must be developed and implement to mitigate the construction and operation risks of the proposed project on the local residents and surrounding communities.

2. 30/5/2016

12.30 PM Landhi road side 9 Unavailability of electricity, water and gas, poor infrastructure, health sewerage problems

Government should provide basic facilities to the public like safe drinking water, proper medical and educational facilities.

3 31/5/2016

9.30 AM Port Qasim 8 Daily movement problem will occur for labor; No proper medical facility available in the area.

To avoid the mobility problem, an appropriate diversion plan should be develop; Government should provide good medical facilities to the local people.

Section – 5 Public Consultation EIA of Coal Conveying System - Port Qasim, Karachi


Sr. No. Date Time Venue No. of

Participants Apprehensions

Raised

Suggestions

4 1/6/2016 10.00 AM PQA Bin Qasim 13 Coal dust can cause health issues and fire hazard. Mobility issues during construction phase.

A detailed health & safety plan should be adopted to avoid these issues. To avoid the mobility problem, an appropriate diversion plan should be develop

5 3/6/2016 10.AM Ibrahim Hyderi (Fish Harbour)

7 Harmful effects of coal dust on fishermen colony, natural habitat and marine ecology

Renewable energy should be used in the coal conveying belt, it should not executed here because of harmful effects on marine life

6 3/6/2016 10.AM PharmEvo at PQA

15 Harmful effects of coal dust on pharmaceutical industry. Issues about coal dust and greenhouse gas emissions and fire hazard.

Alternate resources like wind turbines, solar power generation plants and biogas plants should be used instead of coal. A detailed health & safety plan should be adopted to avoid these issues. In order to ensure effective and efficient implementation measures throughout the operational life of the project, an Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan should be implemented.

Section–6 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures

EIA of Coal Conveying System - Port Qasim, Karachi


SECTION – 6 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES

6.0 GENERAL

This section identifies the overall impacts of design, construction and operational

phase of the proposed project on physical, biological and socio-economic

environment. In addition to that, it also narrates the measures that will mitigate or at

least minimize the project’s adverse environmental impacts.

6.1 ENIRONMENTAL IMPACT MATRIX

Methodology adopted for the identification and evaluation of environmental impacts

of the proposed project is “Matrix Method”. The environmental impacts matrices have

been developed to evaluate magnitude of the impacts of different project activities on

different environmental settings for both construction and operational phases. These

matrices are presented in Tables 6.1 and 6.2. The following scale has been used for

the evaluation of impacts:

LA = Low Adverse (low/short-term damage to the environment)

MA = Medium Adverse (moderate damage to the environment)

HA = High Adverse (severe damage to the environment)

LB = Low Beneficial (less beneficial to the environment)

MB = Medium Beneficial (moderate beneficial to the environment)

HB = High Beneficial (highly beneficial to the environment)

N/A = Not Applicable

O = Insignificant / No Impact

Section–6 Anticipated Environmental Impacts and Mitigation Measures EIA of Coal Conveying System - Port Qasim, Karachi


Table 6.1 Environmental Impacts Matrix for the Construction Phase of Coal Conveying System at Port Qasim Karachi

Sr. No. Physical Environment Biological Environment Socioeconomic Environment

Environmental Components

Topo

grap

hy

Soil

Eros

ion/

Con

tam

inat

ion

Land

scap

e

Air

Qua

lity

Hyd

rolo

gy a

nd D

rain

age

Noi

se &

Vib

ratio

n

Hab

itat C

hang

e

Vege

tatio

n

Ani

mal

Mov

emen

t

Hea

lth &

Saf

ety

for P

ublic

and

W

orke

r

Dis

rupt

ion

of P

ublic

Util

ities

Empl

oym

ent

Popu

latio

n D

istu

rban

ce

Cul

tura

l / R

elig

ious

Val

ues

Loca

l Eco

nom

y / B

enef

its to

C

omm

unity

Traf

fic M

anag

emen

t

1 Establishment & functioning of Construction camps, workshops etc. O LA LA LA O LA O O O LA LA MB O O LB LA

2 Excavation/drilling operations LA LA LA MA LA MA LA LA LA LA LA MB O O LB LA

3 Transportation of construction materials O LA O LA LA MA O O LA LA O LB O O LB LA

4 Open storage of construction material and fuel etc. O LA O LA O LA O O O LA O O O O LB LA

5 Earthwork / concrete work operations LA LA LA LA O MA LA O LA LA LA MB O O MB LA

6 Operation of concrete batching plants O LA LA HA O MA O O O MA O MB O O MB O

7 Disposal of Wastewater O MA LA MA LA O O O O LA O MB O O O O

8 Solid Waste Management (segregation, collection, handling, storage and disposal of Excavated Material) O LA LA LA LA O O O O LA O LB O O O O

9 Storage of oils/diesel O LA O LA O O O O O LA O LB O O O O

10 Shifting of utilities O LA O LA O MA O O O LA MA MB MA O LA O

Legend

O - Insignificant / no impact LA - Low Adverse

MA - Medium Adverse

HA - High Adverse NA - Not Applicable

LB - Low Beneficial

MB - Medium Beneficial

B - High Beneficial

Project Activities



Table 6.2 Environmental Impacts Matrix for the Operation Phase

of Coal Conveying System at Port Qasim Karachi

Sr.

Physical Environment Biological

Environment Socioeconomic Environment

Project Environmental Activities Components

Soil

Eros

ion/

Qua

lity

Surf

ace

Run

off

Air

Qua

lity

Gro

undw

ater

Qua

lity

Flor

a

Ani

mal

Har

assm

ent

Tran

spor

t

Empl

oym

ent

Com

mun

ity D

evel

opm

ent

Hea

lth a

nd S

afet

y Is

sues

1 Movement of Trains O O LA O LA O HB MB MB HB

2 Movement of Vehicles O O HB O O O HB MB MB HB

3 Transport of Coal through conveyor Belt O O LA O LA LA HB MB MB LA

4 Coal Stacking O MA HA O LA LA O MA MB MA

5 Coal Reclaiming O MA MA O LA LA O MA MB MA

6 Maintenance Work O LA LA O LA O LA MB MB LA

7 Disposal of storm water drainage LA LA O O O O LA MB MB LA

Legend

O - Insignificant / no impact LA - Low Adverse

MA - Medium Adverse NA - Not Applicable LB - Low Beneficial

MB - Medium Beneficial




6.2 ANTICIPATED IMPACTS DURING PRE-CONSTRUCTION/DESIGN PHASE

Following is the description of impacts envisaged and recommended mitigation measures

during Pre-construction/Design Phase:

6.2.1 Design & Layout Planning Incompatible layout plan and engineering design of the project’s structures can

undermine the overall aesthetic beauty and ambience of the project area. Further low

utilization of the available spaces and not designing the structures taking into account the

prospective and futuristic needs, can result in structures with low social acceptability and

functionality. This impact will be temporary in nature.

Mitigation:

All structural layout and engineering designing of proposed Coal Conveying System

should be in strict accordance with the applicable by-laws and engineering parameters.

6.2.2 Topography & Geology During the construction phase the chances of severe impacts are less because the

existing site is fairly leveled and already developed. Furthermore, the future development

is planned according to the international standards for the design of coal conveyor,

stockyard and load-out station and allied structures. Hence the impacts will be minor and

not noteworthy.

Mitigation:

Mitigation measures will involve careful planning, design, alignment and route selection

by the designer.

6.2.3 Land Acquisition and Resettlement The proposed structure for the conveyor belt is being developed in the median of the

existing road so no land acquisition and resettlement is involved for the proposed coal

conveyor. However, the proposed coal stockyard and load-out stations are being

developed on the land of Pakistan steel mills. The area is currently being used for the

storage of old materials by Pakistan Steel. The land from the Pakistan steel will be

transferred to PQA (from one department to another department of Government of

Pakistan). No private land acquisition and any resettlement are involved in the project.




6.2.4 Transportation and Access The project is located in the North West Industrial Zone (NWIZ) of Port Qasim industrial

estate which is a high density industrial area.

During the construction phase of the infrastructure of coal conveyor, it might be difficult

for road users to get access to their industries and transport the raw materials/finished

products to and from the market which will result in affecting their daily working activities.

This impact is temporary in nature and for short period of time.

Mitigation:

Mitigation measures will include provisions in the design and construction such as:

• Proper traffic diversion plans;

• Careful planning of construction activities;

• Appropriate sign boards;

• Public awareness through media; and

• Timely completion of the project.

6.2.5 Ecological Impacts The existing ecological environment will not be changed after the establishment of Coal

Conveying System from its present state. Clearing of the project areas will not cause the

elimination of any remains of semi-natural habitats. There exists no any significant

vegetation cover, ecological disturbance does not seem to be significant vis-à-vis the long

term benefits derived from the construction of the CCS, as long as environmentally sound

construction practices are followed and necessary mitigation measures are put in place

during and after construction.

Mitigating Measures

It is recommended that in order to improve the disturbed ecology of the project site,

landscape development plan along the Coal Conveyor corridor and in the area of Coal

Stockyard should be prepared and implemented by utilizing available resources.

6.2.6 Flora Trees are present in the median of existing road only. There is no significant vegetation

cover in the proposed area of Coal Stockyard. The species present are Pipal, Neem,




Conocarpus and Lignum in the median of road and mesquites in the area of stockyard.

The total number of trees in the median of existing road is 12.

During construction of proposed project, the efforts will be made to retain or save the

trees present in the median. A total of about 12 trees may be removed or disturbed for

the construction of footings of the conveyor belt.

Mitigating Measures

• Mitigation will be required in the form of reinstatement and compensatory planting.

• Soft landscaping should be installed under the elevated sections and along the

route of conveyor belt to improve the appearance of the completed works.

• Replacement at a minimum rate of 10:1 for trees that will be 120 trees but we

recommend 240 trees should be planted and that would be appropriate given

possible difficulties with establishing trees and low survival rate of young trees.

This would probably be affordable. Therefore it is important to recognize that

some significant part of their placement ratio should allow for a high mortality rate

among the newly planted trees based on observation and international

expectations. A detailed tree plantation plan is given as Annexure-IV

6.2.7. Fauna As the project area is modified as urban area, there are no significant faunal species

present in the project area. There will be no significant adverse impact of fauna by the

execution of the project. However, mammals, such as dogs, cats, etc will avoid these

areas for fear of being persecuted. Same will be the case with reptiles. Similarly, the birds

will try to find shelter and food elsewhere and will tend to move away from the project

area due to construction activities. Overall, the impact on fauna of the area is insignificant

in nature.

6.2.8 Marine Fauna and Flora As the project area includes about 500 m buffer area on either side from the centerline of

the median and around the stockyard as shown in fig 1.1 which shows that the site is far

away to affect marine ecology hence no any direct impact of construction and operation

of Coal Conveying System on the marine fauna and flora are anticipated.




6.2.9 Air Quality and Noise With the implementation of proposed project, air pollution, noise and associated health

risks may decrease as the project will enable continuous transport of coal through a

covered coal conveyor. This impact is permanent and moderately positive in nature.

However, the emission of dust from the construction activities and coal dust from the coal

stockyard operations may cause the deterioration of air quality in the project area.

Mitigating Measures

• Special care for air emission and noise generated during the construction and

operation stage of Coal Conveying System (CCS) should be taken during design

phase; and

• Provision of covers and noise barriers must be considered in design of the coal

conveyor and dust control measures e.g. height of coal stacks, water sprinkling

system, wind breaking and dust suppression walls must be provided to control the

dust generated from the coal handling activities.

6.2.10 Public Utilities Due to the proposed project, public utilities affected may create disruption of public

services and economics including water supply, electric transmission lines, telephone line

and gas facilities etc. This impact is however temporary and moderate adverse in nature.

Mitigation measures will include:

• Incorporate technical design features to minimize impacts on public utilities; and

• All public utilities likely to be affected by the proposed project need to be

relocated/rehabilitated well ahead of the commencement of construction work.

6.2.11 Archaeological and Heritage Sites There is Mazar of Kamal Shah which is a significant site of archaeological and heritage

value in the project area and during the construction phase there is some exposure to be

experienced with this site which needs attention and should be carefully handled to

minimize the physical impacts.


• The socio-economic and cultural considerations of this site is to be given due

regards under respective domains.




6.2.12 Impact on Traffic The proposed Coal Conveyor will be constructed in the median of existing road and Coal

Stockyard will be constructed in the land located within the boundaries of Pakistan Steel

Mills.

As stated earlier in section 6.2.4 the existing road is being used by the traffic generated

from the industries. Construction activities along the existing road are likely to cause

hindrance in traffic flow if not mitigated properly.

Mitigation Measures

• A temporary traffic management plan will be developed and submitted by the

contractor at least two weeks before commencement of construction and the

same will be shared with the security agencies of Port Qasim.

The main objectives of the plan shall be to maximize the safety of road users and also to

keep traffic flowing as freely as possible.

The temporary transport management plan will include consideration of the following:

• Lane availability and minimization of traffic flows past the works site;

• Agreement on time scale for the works and establishment of traffic flow/delay

requirements;

• Availability of diversion routes where necessary;

• Need for road closures and the necessary orders;

• Co-ordination with other planned road and street work; and

• Co-ordination with the agencies of Port Qasim.

6.2.13 Seismic Hazard The project area is located in Seismic Zone 2B, where 2B represents peak horizontal

ground acceleration from 0.16 to 0.24g. In this zone, designing of various types of

structures should be done on the basis of Peak Ground Acceleration (PGA). The

moderate intensity earthquake can adversely impact the development. This will be a

major negative impact.

Mitigation:

• The infrastructure for the operation of proposed project shall be designed and

constructed to withstand low to moderate earthquakes.




6.3 ANTICIPATED IMPACTS DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

Following is a brief description of impacts and their mitigation envisaged during the

construction phase:

6.3.1 Soil Soil erosion and contamination may occur on roadside and contractor’s camp due to the

following activities:

• Earth filling operations, clearing of vegetation and leveling activities can impact

the surrounding land surface;

• The unspent materials and debris produced from consumed up materials, if left as

such and allowed to mix with soil underneath, can degrade the quality of receiving

soils and may render them unfit for plantation later on;

• Leakages of oils, lubricants, chemicals, and other similar substances from their

storage area and from engines of the generators, machines, equipments and

vehicles can spoil the receiving soils and may undermine the ability of soils to

support growth of vegetation and plants;

• Non-provision of septic tanks with the temporary worksite toilets, constructed for

the labour and others, can contaminate the effluent receiving soils because of raw

nature of the effluents;

• Washing of the gadgets, machinery and equipment without proper drainage of the

washout water can adversely affect the soil quality;

• Onsite storage of the construction materials such as sand, aggregate, crushed

stone, cement, blocks, lubricants, fuels and iron bars on the land without an

intervening barrier, can degrade soil quality and may spread them with fine

particulates of the dumped materials; and

• Improper onsite storage of equipment and machinery such as wheel barrows,

mixers ,compactors and disorderly parking of machinery and equipment may

cause soil contamination from trickling or accidental leakages of oils and

lubricants there from.

Mitigation:

• All spoils will be disposed off as desired and the site will be restored back to its

original conditions;




• Non-bituminous wastes from construction activities will be dumped in approved

sites, in line with the legal prescriptions for dump sites, and covered;

• As applicable and needed, plantation of grasses and shrubs will be done at

appropriate place where required;

• Excavations would be kept confined to the specified foundation spots as per the

approved engineering drawings. Unnecessary excavations shall be avoided;

• Site camps for the resident labour shall not be setup on the land earmarked for

developing green belts and lawns;

• Oils, lubricants, chemicals, and other listed hazardous materials shall be stored

safely at their designated spots, enclosures or store rooms, which should be safe

from rainfall and away from any potential source of fire;

• Septic tanks of adequate capacities shall be constructed for receiving and treating

wastewater from all temporary worksite toilets and at the temporary container

offices, if any. The toilet wastewater should not be discharged untreated onto the

adjacent lands;

• All machineries and materials should be stored at the designated areas and

compounds;

• All the unspent and left over materials be completely removed offsite upon

completion of construction and the site be restored to original or near to original

condition; and

• Washout from washing of equipment and gadgets should be drained into either a

septic tank or a sand-gravel bed for removal of the grit and contaminants.

6.3.2 Construction Camp/Camp Site Due to the proposed camp sites, loss of vegetation and assets on the selected land and

dissatisfaction of rehabilitation measures during and after completion of construction

phase may occur. However, it will be a temporary and minor negative impact. For these

impacts, mitigation measures have been developed to minimize the likelihood, extent or

duration of their occurrence, and any associated adverse effects. Table 6.3 summarizes

potential impacts and proposed avoidance and mitigation measures associated with

construction camps.




Table 6.3: Summary of Impacts of Worker Camp & Mitigation Measures

Potential Impact Proposed Avoidance and Mitigation Measures

Environmental • Temporary habitat loss or

disturbance

• Temporary visual intrusion • Noise emissions at a single location • Waste generation • Discharge of sanitary effluent and

rainwater run-off to water courses

• Reinstate any temporary facilities to pre-existing conditions in ecologically sensitive areas.

• Implement landscaping plan for all facilities in areas where high landscape value and visual vulnerability to the proposed activities warrants site-specific landscape restoration measures.

• Operate equipment in a manner sympathetic to the ambient noise environment. Do not leave equipment idling unnecessary.

• Eliminate tonal, impulsive or low frequency noise through noise control engineering techniques where practical (fitting of mufflers, damping, etc.), and substitute for a different method if necessary (e.g., instead of hammering actions, use hydraulics).

• Provide adequate warnings of impeding works to all potential receptors within 0.5 to 1 km corridor surrounding the right-of-way via public notices and local news.

• Implement Waste Management Plan to include procedures for the classification, storage and disposal of all construction wastes and the training of employees who handle hazardous materials.

• Ensure that discharge of sewage from temporary construction facilities to surface courses does not impact soil, surface water ecology. This will be achieved through the provision of treatment facilities and by enforcing the discharge standards.





Social • Worker camp sitting: consultation

surrounding potential construction camp did not reveal concerns regarding the location of proposed sites for Worker Camps.

• Tension between Communities and

Workers: cultural differences, behavior of construction workers, potential disregard for local cultural norms could lead to increased tension between local communities and the workers and camps. The scale of this impact will depend on successful implementation of mitigation measures and in part on the origin of the workforce staying in construction camps.

• Government land / PQA land will be the first preference for worker camp location, followed by land where there is a willing lessee.

• The project will seek to avoid sitting camps where their presence might contribute to any conflicts between residents.

• Employment policies which aim to

maximize job opportunities for local people will help to minimize tensions caused by different socio-cultural values.

• Training will be provided to all staff

on camp management rules and overall discipline and cultural awareness. This will include, in appropriate languages:

• A briefing on Camp Rules • A community relations orientation to

increase awareness about the local area, cultural sensitivities and the project Code of Conduct

• Awareness-raising on health

considerations, including STDs. • The construction contractor is

required to develop a Construction Camp Management Plan to address:

• Discipline • Community liaison • Ethnic tensions • Market distortion and • Communicable diseases. • A Code of Conduct and Camp Rules

will be required within the Construction Camp Management Plan, which provides policies and a disciplinary framework with respect to worker behavior.





Camp Location The final location of camp site will be determined by the construction contractors and agreed by the PQA.

The construction contractor will be required to assess the environmental/social sensitivity of any additional or alternative sites prior to their approval for adoption.

Some additional mitigation measures will include:

• All efforts during the design stage shall be made to minimize the removal of

existing macro-plants at camp sites;

• The contractor(s) will provide plan for removal & rehabilitation of site upon

completion;

• Photographical and botanical inventory of vegetation before clearing the site; and

• Compensatory plantation to be scheduled when construction works are near

completion.

6.3.3 Health and Safety

a) Occupational Health and Safety

Health risks and work safety problems may result at the workplace if working

conditions provide unsafe and/or unfavorable working environment and due to

storage, handling and transport of hazardous construction material. Workers

should be provided with safe and healthy working environment taking into account

risks inherent to the particular sector and specific classes of hazards in project

area.


• Insurance for labourers /workers;

• Providing basic medical training to specified work staff and basic medical

service and supplies to workers;

• Layout plan for camp site, indicating safety measures taken by the

contractor, e.g. firefighting equipment, safe storage of hazardous material,

first aid, security, fencing, and contingency measures in case of accidents;




• Work safety measures and good workmanship practices are to be followed

by the contractor to ensure no health risks for labourers;

• Protection devices (ear muffs) should be provided to the workers doing job

in the vicinity of high noise generating machines;

• Provision of adequate sanitation, washing, cooking and dormitory facilities

including light up to satisfaction;

• Proper maintenance of facilities for workers will be monitored;

• Provision of protective clothing for labourers handling hazardous materials,

e.g. helmet, adequate footwear for bituminous pavement works, protective

goggles, gloves etc;

• Ensure strict use of wearing these protective clothing during work

activities;

• Elaboration of a contingency planning in case of major accidents;

• Instruct foremen to strictly enforce the keeping out of non-working persons,

particularly children, off work sites; and

• Adequate signage, lightning devices, barriers, yellow tape and persons

with flags during construction to manage traffic at construction sites,

haulage and access roads.

b) Community Health and Safety

The construction activities and vehicular movement at construction sites and

access service roads may also result in road side accidents particularly inflicting

local communities who are not familiar with presence of heavy equipment and

machinery. This is a temporary and minor negative impact. Quality of ground and

surface water resources (if any) available in the nearby local communities may get

contaminate due to the construction activities, oil spillage and leakage, roadside

accidents etc. The labourers work with different transmittable diseases may cause

spread out of those diseases in the local residents.


• There should be proper control on construction activities and oil spillage

leakage of vehicles;

• The labour works with different transmittable diseases should be restricted

within the construction site;




• Efforts will be made to create awareness about road safety among the

drivers operating construction vehicles;

• Timely public notification of planned construction works;

• Close consultation with local communities to identify optimal solutions for

diversions to maintain community integrity & social links;

• Seeking cooperation with local educational facilities (school teachers) for

road safety campaigns;

• Provision of proper safety and diversion signage, particularly at

sensitive/accident-prone spots;

• Setting up speed limits in close consultation with the local stakeholders;

• If identified, consider additional guard rails at accident-prone stretches and

sensitive locations;

• The communicable disease of most concern during construction phase

should be prevented by successful initiative typically involving health

awareness; education initiatives; training heath workers in disease

treatment; immunization program and providing health service;

• Reducing the impacts of vector borne diseases on long-term health effect

of workers should be accomplished through implementation of diverse

interventions aimed at eliminating the factors that lead to disease, which

includes: Prevention of larval and adult propagation of vectors through

sanitary improvements and elimination of breeding habitat close to human

settlements and by eliminating any unusable impounding of water;

• During construction work pedestrian and vehicular passages should be

provided for crossing near settlement;

• Fencing around the camps should be strong enough so that it can not be

broken easily by local people for making passages; and

• Use of water should not disturb public water availability and source of

water should be selected carefully.

c) Emergency Response

Disasters such as earthquake, flooding, fire and etc, may occur and they must be

considered for minimizing their impacts.





An Emergency Response Plan for earthquakes and manmade disasters will be

implemented by the PQA during Project Execution. Emergency Response Plan

will be implemented in close consultation with the disaster management

authorities, fire fighting department, bomb disposal squad, hospitals and

paramedics. In addition, training of the staff/employees regarding the emergency

procedures/plans will be regularly conducted. In this regard an Emergency

Response Plan prepared and is attached as Annexure-V

6.3.4 Air Quality Air quality will be affected by fugitive dust emissions from construction machinery,

unpaved surfaces and construction vehicles. Emissions may be carried over longer

distances depending upon the wind speed, direction, temperature of surrounding air and

atmospheric stability. Besides, multifarious construction activities and increased vehicular

traffic (construction vehicles) would also contribute to the localized airborne dust. Once in

the air, the larger size particles, under influence of gravity, tend to settle down in the

immediate vicinity of the source. The Suspended Particulate Matter (SPM) of the size

smaller than 10 micrometer (PM10) tends to remain suspended in the environment for

much longer and persistent time and is an environmental hazard. The objectionable

impacts of settling of the suspended dust would be its dry deposition on vegetation, glass

windows, motor vehicles, buildings, and other exposed surfaces. Exhausts from fossil fuel

burning in the construction machinery will also deteriorate local air quality. Similarly,

exhausts from generators can also have impacts on air quality in the vicinity.

The critical sources of dust pollution during the construction phase will be:

• Unpaved road surface; and

• Transportation of materials and other construction activities.

The overall impact on the quality of air during the construction phase will, however, be

temporary and limited to the project’s implementation phase only.


• All vehicles, machinery, equipment and generators used during

construction activities should be kept in good working condition and be

properly tuned and maintained in order to minimize the exhaust emissions;




• Blowing of dust from potential sources at the worksite should be avoided

by shielding them from the exterior, for example using polythene curtains

or raising a fence of corrugated sheets around areas of active

construction;

• Blowing of dust and particulate matter from stockpiled loose materials (e.g.

sand, soil) should be avoided either by sheeting them with tarpaulin or

plastic sheets or by sprinkling them with light shower of water;

• Open burning of solid waste from the contractor’s camps should be strictly

banned;

• Preventive measures against dust should be adopted for on-site mixing

and unloading operations. Regular water sprinkling of the site should be

carried out to suppress excessive dust emission(s);

• Only good quality oils, petroleum products, additives and spares should be

used in the machinery, generators, and the construction vehicles. Usage of

used oil should be strictly prohibited;

• Emissions from power generators and construction machinery are

important point sources at the construction sites. Proper maintenance and

repair is needed to minimize the hazardous emissions; and

• SEQS applicable to gaseous emissions generated by construction

vehicles, equipment and machinery should be enforced during

construction works.

As the existing road have two broad lanes in each direction. It is planed that only one half

of the lane on each side will be occupied for construction activities and rest of the lanes

will be present for the movement of traffic. As the lanes of existing road are paved/metal

roads, therefore, dust pollution or particulate matter will not present. However, some of

dust problems caused during the construction phase of the Project can be effectively

mitigated by the implementation of simple procedures by the Contractor including, but not

limited to, the following:

• Unpaved roads (used for earthmoving equipment and general transport)

should be regularly sprayed with water during dry weather;

• All excavation work should be sprinkled with water;

• Construction workers should be provided with masks for protection against

the inhalation of dust;




• Vehicle speed in the project area should be prescribed not more than 20

km/ hr and controlled accordingly;

• Vehicles used for construction should be cleaned, tuned properly and

regularly to control fugitive dust and exhaust gases emission; and

• Road marking and safety signs should be provided at work site.

6.3.5 Noise and Vibrations Noise is a by-product of human activity, and area of exposure increases as function of

mobility and construction activities. Sources of noise during construction are heavy

machinery such as bulldozers, excavators, stabilizers, concrete mixing plant, pneumatic

drills and other equipment. The above machinery is expected to generate noise levels

that would be severe in the areas whereas previously no construction is done but the

condition is not applicable in the proposed project. Noise modeling for construction

equipment proposed for the CCS project has been carried out and modeling results

along with modeling methodology is attached as annexure III. Noise generated by

construction machinery can likely to affect sensitive receptors located within 50 meters

of the proposed project. This impact is temporary and moderate adverse in nature.

Table 6.4 illustrates maximum permissible noise levels for different situations and is

given below:

Table 6.4: Maximum Limits of Noise Levels

Noise Level dB (A) Situation

194 Lung damage

180 Ear drum rupture

150 Absolute limit with ears protected

150 Maximum of instantaneous noise

135 Absolute maximum with ears unprotected

100 Prolonged noise causing permanent damage

90 Factory work for an 8-hour day, 5 days a week

*85 Ear protection should be worn

80 Noise on building or construction sites

70 Normal road traffic near residential areas Source: “Environmental Degradation” by Engr. Col. Mumtaz Hussain *Above 85 dB (A) ear protection devices should be worn.




According to Table 6.5 given below, which presents the damage risk criteria for

hearing loss, noise level above 110 dB(A) can be tolerated for half an hour only.

Table 6.5: Damage Risk Criteria for Hearing Loss

Sr. No. Maximum Allowable Duration per day (Hours) Noise-Level in dB (A)

1 8 90

2 6 92

3 4 95

4 3 97

5 2 100

6 1 ½ 102

7 1 105

8 ½ 110

9 ¼ or less 115 (Max.) Source: Occupational Safety and Health Administration, OSHA, USA

The likely impacts due to noise are:

• Persistently higher noise levels can produce psychological effects of distraction of

attention, irritation and short temperedness in the exposed persons;

• Noisy settings and higher background levels can cause temporary threshold shift

and the consequent habit of speaking loud, which may cause damage to vocal

cords in the persons exposed;

• Noise produced from moving construction vehicles and blowing of pressure horns,

at times, could be intolerable particularly during quiet hours of night; and

• Vibrations from machinery and equipment such as hand held compactors and

concrete vibrators can produce easy fatigability and generalized aches in the

persons operating these machines.

All mitigation measures mentioned below should be taken in order to minimize the

impacts of noise in the project area. These measures include, but are not limited to

the following:




• Selection of up-to-date and well maintained plant or equipment with reduced noise

levels ensured by suitable in-built damping techniques or appropriate muffling

devices;

• Confining excessively noisy work to normal working hours in the day, as far as

possible;

• Providing the construction workers with suitable hearing protection like ear cap, or

earmuffs and training them in their use;

• Preferably, restricting construction vehicles movement during night time;

• Heavy machinery like percussion hammers and pneumatic drills should not be

used during the night without prior approval of the client;

• Vehicles and equipment used should be fitted, as applicable, with silencers and

properly maintained;

• Use of low noise machinery, or machinery with noise shielding and absorption;

• Contractors should comply with submitted work schedule, implement regular

maintenance and repairs; and employ strict implementation of operation

procedures; and

• Public hearings to discuss appropriate solutions and materials to control noise.

6.3.6 Waste (Construction and Hazardous Waste) Due to construction activities, waste will be generated at construction and contractors

camp site. The construction waste will include wastewater, oil spillage from machinery,

domestic waste and solid waste etc. The handling and storage of oil, asphalt/bitumen

may be a source of environmental pollution as a hazardous waste. This will result in

unhygienic conditions, health risk to work force and public at the camp site. The likely

impacts of solid waste are:

• Insecure and unhygienic disposal of the solid wastes generated at the worksite,

particularly garbage and trash may cause degradation of soil and land;

• Insecurely disposed off heaps of wastes containing kitchen garbage and food

waste can serve as breeding grounds for the disease spreading vectors and

rodents; and

• Throwing away of solid wastes into water channels and the wastewater network

can result into choking of the latter.




These impacts are temporary and minor adverse in nature.


• Wastewater from contractor’s workshop and equipment washing yards would be

passed through oil/grease separator to remove oil/ grease contaminants before

discharging it into the existing natural drains;

• An efficient and responsive solid waste management system should be devised

for the entire duration of the construction phase. Such a system should provide for

separate collection of different categories of construction wastes. The wastes

which will be reusable/recyclable (iron bars, aluminum, etc) should be sold to

waste vendors and those which cannot be sold out (block pieces) may be used

as a filling material for leveling the depressions, subject to technical feasibility;

• Solid waste generated during construction and camp sites will be safely disposed

in demarcated waste disposal sites and the contractor will provide a proper waste

management plan;

• Proper labelling of containers, including the identification and quantity of the

contents, hazard contact information etc.;

• Training of work force in the storage and handling of materials and chemicals that

can potentially cause soil contamination;

• Training of employees involved in the transportation of hazardous material

regarding emergency procedures;

• Providing the necessary means for emergency response on call 24 hours/day;

• The sewage system for camps will be properly designed (pit latrines or, as

required, septic tanks) to receive all sanitary wastewaters;

• Lined wash areas will be constructed within the camp site or at site, for the receipt

of wash waters from construction machinery;

• Construction workers and supervisory staff should be encouraged and educated

to practice waste minimization reduce, reuse and recycling the waste for disposal;

and

• Prohibit open burning of solid waste.

6.3.7 Surface and Groundwater There is a possibility that various materials like fuel, lubricant oil and other oily products,

which are used during the construction phase may contaminate groundwater (if any), if




they are not handled properly. During the construction phase, the sanitary wastewater will

be generated at the workers’ camp(s). If this wastewater is allowed to stagnate in water

ponds on the site, it can percolate into the soil, thereby, contaminating groundwater,

these impacts are temporary and minor negative in nature.

Mitigation measures will include;

• Protection of groundwater reserves from any source of contamination such as the

construction and oily waste that will degrade its potable quality;

• The solid waste will be disposed off in designated landfill sites to sustain the water

quality for domestic requirements;

• Water required for construction is obtained in such a way that the water availability

and supply to nearby communities remain unaffected;

• Regular water quality monitoring according to determined sampling schedule;

• Take precautions construct temporary or permanent devices to prevent water

pollution due to increased siltation; and

• Wastes must be collected, stored and taken to approve disposal site.

6.3.8 Biodiversity Conservation and Natural Resources Flora

Trees are vital ecosystem, which perform variety of functions for the improvement of

environment such as reduction in air pollution, noise abatement, cooling effect on earth,

supply of oxygen etc. Conocarpus, Eucalyptus, Lignum, Neem and Pipal are the common

trees found in project area.

Exhaust of noxious gases from movement of heavy machinery will further pollute air

which will adversely affect health and vigor of plants located in nearby project area

To minimize the impacts on flora, following measures will be adopted during construction

stages:

• Only plants coming in the alignment of the conveyor, shall be removed;

• Camp sites will be established on waste/barren land rather than social and

commercial land. However, if such type of land is not available, it will be ensured

that minimum clearing of the vegetation is carried out and minimum damage is

caused to the plants;




• Construction vehicles, machinery and equipment will remain confined within their

designated areas of movement;

• The Contractor’s staff and labour will be strictly directed not to damage any

vegetation;

• Contractor will provide gas cylinders at the camps for cooking purposes and

cutting of trees/bushes for fuel will not be allowed; and

• A tree plantation program will be formulated by the PQA.

Fauna As the project area is modified industrial area, there are no significant faunal species

present in the project area. There will be no significant negative impact of fauna by the

execution of the project. However, mammals, such as dogs, cats, etc will avoid these

areas for fear of being persecuted. Same will be the case with reptiles. Similarly, birds will

try to find shelter and food elsewhere and will tend to move away from the project area

due to construction activities. Overall, the impact on fauna of the area is insignificant in

nature.

6.3.9 Disposal of Mucking Material Earthwork operations during project construction will not open up any scars on the land

around the project area. The impacts of earthwork are temporary and minor adverse

negative in nature.

Mitigation measure will include:

• Proper landscaping, which should be given due consideration along with re-

establishment of the indigenous vegetation (if any); and

• The excavated materials that are unsuitable for use will need to be stored,

transported and disposed off appropriately at designated sites.

6.3.10 Disruption of Existing Public Utilities/ Infrastructure There may be some disruption to the already existing utilities like electricity poles,

underground telephone, water supply, natural gas supply, power transmission lines etc. in

the project area during the construction phase. These impacts are, however, temporary

and minor adverse in nature.





• Marking and rehabilitation of existing utilities before construction to avoid any

inconvenience to the residents of the project area or provide them with alternate

arrangement during the construction period.

6.3.11 Traffic Management Due to the construction activities, proper traffic management may pose a challenge in the

project area. This may result in traffic jams and cause inconvenience to the people

passing through the project area due to movement of vehicles carrying construction

materials. It will also increase the traffic load on the existing road network, thus

deteriorating the existing condition of the road. Also, the movement of vehicles along the

haulage routes may cause soil compaction and alteration of percolation, and damage to

properties and utilities. This impact is temporary and minor negative in nature.


• Proper traffic management plan will be needed to avoid traffic jams/public

inconvenience;

• Coordinated planning of traffic diversions by the Contractor and PQA in

accordance with the construction program with advance warnings to the affected

road users;

• Construction vehicles, machinery and equipment will move or be stationed in the

designated ROW to avoid un-necessary compaction of soil.

• Availability of continuous services of the trained persons in the diversion and

control of traffic; and

• The executing agency is required to maintain liaison between the Contractors

representatives and local travelers to facilitate traffic movement during

construction stage.

6.3.12 Economic Activity Due to the construction of the proposed project, economic activity will be generated in the

project area as the labourers and semi-skilled staff will have an opportunity to work for

the construction of the proposed project. This will help in developing their skills and

capacities. This is a moderate beneficial impact.




6.3.13 Lifestyle and Culture There are chances of arising the issues related to cultural differences/conflict between

the contractor’s workforce and the local inhabitants, conflicts arising due to the mix of

local and migratory job seekers as the use of local resources and products will be

increased. In this situation, local residents may resist contractor’s workforce attitudes,

cultural clashes particularly when local/international contractors are engaged, social

disturbance and dissatisfaction with employing outsiders may arise. This impact is

temporary and minor adverse in nature.

This impact can be mitigated by adopting the following mitigation measures:

• Timely public notification and announcement of mobilizing equipment;

• Local labour should be employed for construction works; and

• Water supply and sanitation facilities, Contractor’s workforces could exacerbate

the existing shortages and environmental hazards; contractor should primarily

seek their own sources of water.

6.3.14 Impacts on Sensitive Receptors As the project area surrounded by different kind of industries, which might be considered

as sensitive receptors as the different gas and pharmaceutical industries are located on

either side o f the coal conveyor belt. These industries are highly sensitive as the coal fire

might be a major impact on these industries. Also, the workers working in the industry

might be affected in case of noise and dust emission. Following is the list of industries

located on either sides of the conveyor belt;

Table: List of industries located on the either side of the Conveyor Belt

Sr. No.

Right Hand Side Left Hand side

1 PARCO Pearl Gas Garib Sons pvt. Ltd.

2 Pharm Evo Pvt. Ltd. Pak Shaheen Container

3 Wak Gas Limited MTO CFS

4 SSGC Indus

5 KE FATCO

6 PAPCO




A mosque Masjid Ameer Hamza is also located on the left side of the

proposed conveyor belt. During construction phase of the proposed project,

the persons will face inconvenience to approach the mosque to offer their

prayers. This impact is temporary and low adverse in nature.

Mitigation Measures:

• A covered conveyor belt will be installed to stop the dispersion of the coal dust.

• Automatic water sprinklers will be installed in the conveyor belt to sprinkle water in

case of fire hazard.

• Fire alarms will be installed wherever required to handle the fire hazard.

• Immediate actions will be taken to avoid the fire hazard as emergency response

team will be timely mobilized to take actions.

6.3.15 Impacts of Heavy Vehicles on the Existing Road Network

The plying of heavy vehicles on the existing road network may result in air and noise

pollution due to tire-road friction and damage to roads and traffic congestion. However,

the impacts would be temporary and moderate negative in nature for which the following

mitigation measures are proposed:

• Any vehicle with an open load carrying area used for transport of potentially dust

producing materials shall have properly fitted side and tailboards. Materials having

potential to produce dust shall not be loaded to a level higher than the side and

tail boards and shall be covered with clean tarpaulin in good condition. The

tarpaulin shall be properly secured and extended to at least 300 mm over the

edges of the sideboard and tailboard;

• The Contractor shall not use any vehicles either on or off road with grossly

excessive noise pollution. Noise mufflers shall be installed and maintained in good

condition on all motorized equipment under the control of the contractor;

• Timely maintenance of affected roads to avoid any inconvenience to the road

commuters.

6.3.16 Physical and Cultural Resources As discussed earlier there is a Mazar of Kamal Shah and no any other physical/cultural

resources in the project area were observed. During construction, there is no chance of




finding archeological remains as the route is passing through already allocated median. If

in case, chance of finding archeological remains during construction, the contractor shall

immediately report through Supervision Consultant to Project Management Unit (PMU) of

Port Qasim to take further suitable action to preserve those antiques or sensitive remains.

6.3.17 Storage of fuel on Site Storing diesel fuel on site offers many advantages for a heavy-equipment fleet. One can

get price break for buying fuel in bulk and don’t have to wait on fuel delivery services to

top up trucks and machines.

For construction fleets, above ground storage tanks (ASTs) are almost always the best

choice, ASTs are vulnerable to high winds, flooding, theft and vandalism.

There is also the possibility for soil and groundwater pollution from leaks. Even one drop

per second can release of 400 gallons of fuel into the groundwater over the period of one

year if there is no secondary containment.

Care should be taken for keeping it free from water and contamination.

6.4 ANTICIPATED IMPACTS DURING OPERATIONAL PHASE

The anticipated potential environmental impacts related to the proposed project have

been studied for the operational stage of the project and are discussed as under.

6.4.1 Ecology

During the operation phase there is fewer chance of habitat disturbance. Hence no major

impacts are envisaged. Following remedial measures should be taken to reduce the

impacts:

Flora During the operation stage, raising of new plants/trees at available spaces will have a

positive and permanent impact. Minor negative impacts are envisaged on the flora during

the operational phase of project. Landscaping will be done along the corridor of conveyor

belt and stock yard at available spaces. The presence of adequate flora, along the route

of conveyor belt and at stockyard, will absorb flue gases, emitted from the already

existing industrial units, standby diesel generators, other machines and vehicles, which

shall in turn improve air quality.




Fauna In many ways, fauna of the project area is dependent upon flora for its resting, nesting

and roosting activities. With the improved flora of the project area, due to rising of trees,

the fauna and especially the avi-fauna shall be attracted to the area. The birds, which

were scared away due to noise and degradation of their habitat, shall return to the area.

Plantation on road side and stockyard shall not only reduce the noise and air pollution but

will also be a source of attraction for the birds.

6.4.2 Wastewater collection and Treatment at Stockyard Wastewater collection, conveyance and disposal system shall be installed at stockyard

where toilets for the employees and workers are planned. Proper treatment for oil and

grease removal shall be carried out prior to the disposal into the septic tank and soak pit.

Monitoring shall be carried out at specified locations for any possible incident of

contamination and non-compliance to SEQS.

Wastewater will be collected in underground Septic tank and soakpit next to

administration building inside stockyard.

In areas where detergents are handled (washing and cleaning area) a coalescence

separator with integrated mud separator and a subsequent control and sampling manhole

is proposed before connected to the sewage system.

6.4.3 COAL DUST The major sources of air pollution in this project are coal dust, the concentration of coal

dust pollution (SPM) in the air varies with the size, moisture content of coal to be stored

and transported through this project.

On the macro-environment the impact would be reduction in the air emissions due to

expected switchover to a more environment friendly mode of transport which would curtail

the manual loading and unloading activities from PIBT, reduction in truck traffic from port

roads as well as from the national highways, motorways, increased vehicular traffic and

delays in traffic results in excessive vehicular emissions specially in the events of road

jams.




The major sources of coal dust (SPM) in this project are:

a) Transfer Stations

b) Coal conveyor belts

c) Stacking and Reclamation of Coal in stockyard

Mitigation Measures

Following mitigating measures are suggested:

All the coal handling units need effective dust control system. To prevent the dust

emissions there is no one single way. The dust control system must be based on total

concept approach. The approach for dust control should be based on to keep the dust

emissions confined, sealed and suppressed, with the combination of these three the

maximum dust control be attained.

Confine dust For maximum efficiency of dust control at transfer points and conveyor belts the source of

coal dust should be enclosed to provide protection from ambient conditions, especially

wind. To properly confine dust, enclosures will be created using wind screens and chute

baffles etc as defined in the applicable design codes.

Sealing During the design, construction and operation the sag of conveyor belt must be

controlled. The sag of belt between idlers will be controlled by using impact or slider

beds, along with skirting. Without the use of the impact or slider beds, the belt may sag

between idlers, allowing material and dust to easily escape. Skirt seals are designed to

take the conveyor dynamics into account. And they prevent material from escaping

through the gaps caused by belt sag. The most effective skirt seals have flexibility. This

allows the seal to conform to the ever changing belt surface. These seals will provide

optimal seal with low maintenance and little belt wear.

Suppress The moisture content of the coal can have an effect on dust emissions. However, as

crushing/friction between coal particles during the transportation, loading and unloading

creates new fine particles and the moisture content is reduced by evaporation during the

activities. This, in turn, diminishes the suppressive effect, requiring a mechanical need for

moisture enhancement. This is where a dust control system is necessary. Wet




suppression systems control dust emissions and maintain relatively high material

moisture content.

The fogger system is recommended for this project to control the coal dust emissions at

coal stockyard. The fogger systems can agglomerate the dust particles. This increases

the density and forces the particles to settle at a faster rate. When water droplets

produced from fogger systems and dust particles collide, they agglomerate. This action is

achieved by fogging the water, thus forming a droplet size that is close to the size of a

dust particle. Another benefit of a fogger system is the low volume of water required to

achieve effective dust control. The most effective and maintenance free fogger systems

use water only, with no air or chemical injectors required.

Belt cleaners also have a positive effect on dust control. These additional controls reduce

carry-back that produces piles under the conveyor belt and fugitive dust created by the

return rolls “beating” the dust and dirt from the belt cover. This eliminates dangerous

cleanup around conveyors and reduces downtime due to the cleaning. An efficient belt

cleaner also prevents unnecessary wear on the conveyor belt and conveyor components.

Most importantly, this will also reduce dust emissions produced from weathered piles

escaping in to the air.

Provisions for Dust Emission Control at Transfer Stations and Load-out Stations The load-out station will have in-built dust suppression system to suppress the coal dust.

Regular maintenance of the parts of the transfer stations should be mandatory.

Controlled speed of conveyor belt is also helpful in reducing the emission rate.

As discussed in the section 3.4.1 of this report the transfer chutes at transfer stations will

be provided which are necessary for the effective transfer of coal from one conveyor belt

to another. Chutes will be completely enclosed and be supplied with a dustproof hinged

inspection door for inspection and cleaning. Transfer chute sides will be designed so that

material will not buildup inside the chute and cause an obstruction to material flow. The

design will be such that the commodity will not spill over moving parts. No apertures or

ridges will be present in order to prevent spillage or build-up of material.

All receiving hoppers that are necessary for the effective receipt of product will be

provided. Hoppers will be so designed and installed that no dust will escape when

commodity is received in the hopper. The opening at the bottom of hoppers will be




completely dust sealed on the receiving chute of the conveyor. The sides of hoppers will

be so designed that material will not build up in the hopper and cause an obstruction to

material flow.

Dust Emission Control measures at Conveyor Belts Proper design, operation and maintenance of the conveyor belts and allied parts of the

conveyor belts, controlled speed of conveyor belt and covers over the conveyor belts can

reduce the coal dust emissions from the conveyor belts.

As discussed in section 3.4.1 the troughed belt conveyors will be as of ISO standards but

designed generally in accordance with B.S. 2890 (latest): Efficient and readily accessible

means of adjustment will be provided on the head and tail drum shafts for tracking the

belt. The belt conveyor structure will be designed to allow easy and simple access for

maintenance and replacement of idlers. Design will be such as to ensure correct

tensioning of the belt under all conditions. Removable protective screens or covers will be

provided around back weights and pulleys.

Dust Emission Control measures at Coal Stockyard For dust suppression of coal stockpile sprinkler system will be provided. For sprinkling of

the water to stockpile; fogging arrangement and impact water gun will be installed. The

dust suppression arrangements will be made all around the coal stockyards to suppress

the coal dust; generated during stacking and reclaiming. For dust suppression at coal

stockyard wind breaker and dust suppression wall will be provided in addition to the

sprinkler system.

Rain water may also be used for sprinkler purpose after its treatment; for which rain water

sedimentation basin will be provided.

Greenbelt Development Increasing vegetation in the form of greenbelt is one of the preferred methods to mitigate

air and noise pollution. Plants generate oxygen, serve as a sink for pollutants, reduce the

flow of dust and reduce the noise too.

Green House Gases and Local Air Pollutant Emissions Reductions Coal Conveying System reduces the overall amount of vehicle kilometers traveled (VKT)

in the port area and highways by shifting the coal to high-capacity trains that can carry up




to 2400 tonnes of coal at a time. Fewer trains transporting the same amount of coal

reduces traffic congestion, and presents the opportunity to replace more polluting

vehicles.

6.4.4 Noise Noise is generally accepted from local traffic and industries in the industrial estates as a

consequence of industrialization.

Depending on the eventual traffic flows most road sections near the coal conveyor route

are expected to carry less traffic as compared to the transport of coal by road. The noise

in the vicinity will not increase from the SEQS Limits for the industrial areas.

6.4.5 Solid Waste Due to operational activities of Coal Conveying System waste will be generated. Handling

and storage of wastes may be a source of environmental pollution. This will result in

unhygienic conditions, health risk to CCS operators. No hazardous waste is expected to

be generated in operation phase except during the maintenance works and

miscellaneous municipal wastes generated. Putrefaction of the organic component of the

uncollected wastes may give rise to foul smells and will affect the aesthetics of the project

area.


• Installation of sign boards for keeping clean the area and solid waste

management at suitable locations.

• Proper solid waste management arrangements shall be made at stockyard.

• Management of hazardous waste during maintenance works will be given due

consideration.

An efficient and responsive solid waste management system should be devised, and

maintained during operation phase.

6.4.6 Socioeconomic

Economic Benefits

The transport of coal through train shall initially reduce the gap between electric power

demand and supply, which will give a boost to the economy by way of employment and

increase in the GDP growth.




Social Benefits

Additional employment will be generated at the project and power plants and the use of

additional power will create employment in various industries

Activities during the operations would contribute to local economy by providing job

opportunities. These benefits will definitely increase the socio-economic status of the

area. Hence the overall impact will bring the positive change.

6.4.7 Improvement of Infrastructure Facilities The development of project will also create or improve the amenities / services like

power, railway, communication, health, education, etc. thereby improving the life of

overall populace of the country.

6.4.8 Wider Economic Growth The proposed project will increase the economic activities all around the country and

area, creating avenues for direct/indirect employment in the post project period.

Implementation of the project will enhance the use of coal for power generation, thus

increasing the chances mining activities of coal in country specially the Thar coal.

There would be a wider economic impact in terms of power generating and reducing the

shortage of electricity in the country.

6.4.9 Better Rail Transportation During the operation phase the project the tracks and other infrastructure related to the

rail transport will likely to be improved without any obstruction. As more cargo will be

diverted to rail traffic conditions will improve due to reduction in traffic flow which further

suggests improved air quality and general environmental conditions associated with

vehicular traffic along road side. Hence the project will bring the positive change.

6.4.10 Reduced Health Risk and Accidental Hazards The same applies while ensuring maximum operational safety it suggests that accidental

hazards are minimized. As well as diversion of cargo traffic from road to railway will

greatly reduce the accidents associated with movements across the roads. Health /

accidental risks due to vehicular traffic/exhaust emissions experienced in congested

traffic conditions is likely to be avoided by the commuters travelling on roads thereby

giving them a free or no exposure environment.




6.4.11 Fire Hazard The ignition source involves frictional heat generated by the conveyance process itself.

Rollers that support the conveyor belt can occasionally jam or lock due to lack of

lubricant, accumulation of dirt or mechanical breakdown.

Once locked, the idler bearings can overheat to a point where they can ignite any coal

that has accumulated around the roller bearing support structure. This kind of fire can

then quickly spread into the coal on the conveyor.


• Automatic water sprinklers will be installed in the conveyor belt to sprinkle water in

case of fire hazard.

• Fire alarms will be installed wherever required to handle the fire hazard.

• Install firefighting equipment and provide first aid, security, fencing, and

contingency measures in case of accidents;

• An Emergency Response Plan for earthquakes and manmade disasters will be

implemented by the PQA during Project Execution. Emergency Response Plan

will be implemented in close consultation with the fire fighting department. In

addition, training of the staff/employees regarding the emergency

procedures/plans will be regularly conducted.

6.4.12 Emergency Management Disasters such as earthquakes, flooding and other disasters such as local flooding of

storm water channels, fires may occur, and that must be considered for minimizing their

impacts.


An Emergency Response Plan for earthquakes and manmade disasters including

violence and terror activities will be developed by the PQA. Emergency Response Plan

will be implemented in close consultation with the Rescue Service, Fire Fighting

Department, bomb disposal squad and paramedics. In addition, training of the

staff/employees regarding the emergency procedures/plans will be regularly conducted.

The Emergency Response Plan is attached as Annex V.

Section–7 Environmental Monitoring and Management Plan EIA of Coal Conveying System - Port Qasim, Karachi


SECTION –7 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING AND MANAGEMENT PLAN

7.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT

Proper Environmental Management includes allocation of resources for mitigation of

any potential environmental impact that may be caused due to the implementation of

the project. For effective management of the environmental impacts identified in

Section–6 of this EIA Report, a comprehensive Environmental Management and

Monitoring Plan (EMMP) has been prepared and will be followed during design,

construction and operation phases of project.

The objective of the EMMP is to provide framework for the implementation of the

proposed mitigation measures during all three phases of the proposed project. The

proper implementation of the EMMP will ensure that all adverse environmental

impacts identified in the EIA are adequately mitigated, either totally prevented or

minimized to an acceptable level and required actions to achieve those objectives

are successfully taken by the concerned institutions or regulatory agencies. The

implementation of EMMP should be carefully coordinated with the design and

construction program of the project to ensure that relevant mitigation measures are

implemented at the appropriate stage and adequate resources are allocated to

achieve the desired results.

For effective environmental management, the Client should assign the necessary

responsibilities to an Environmental Committee (EC) through EPC Contractor

(EPCC), who should be responsible for implementation of the EMMP of the proposed

project. The EPC will be assisted by an Environmental Expert and a Social Expert in

implementing the mitigation measures proposed in EMMP.

The EPC Contractor shall be responsible for the implementation of the proposed

project under the supervision of PD Coal Conveying System, PQA. The Contractor

should be bound to follow the provisions of the contract documents especially about

environmental protection and apply good construction techniques and methodology

without damaging the environment. Obligation of the contractor, to safeguard,

mitigate adverse impacts and rehabilitate the environment should be addressed

through environmental provisions in the contract document.



7.1.1 Environmental Committee and its Responsibilities PQA will form up an Environmental Committee (EC), which will be responsible for the

environmental management and supervisory affairs during the construction phase of

the proposed project.

The responsibilities of the Environmental Committee (EC) are as follows:

To ensure implementation of all the proposed mitigation measures proposed

in EMMP during the construction of the project;

To organize routine monitoring of motor vehicle emissions, air quality, traffic,

noise and vibration; etc. In case, the noise and emission levels exceed the

acceptable levels; a penalty or ban must be enforced;

To develop operational guidelines and implementation schedule;

Receiving complaints from industries, institutions and assisting the local

environmental authority including liaison with EPA Sindh; and

To ensure that the proposed project is implemented in an environment

friendly manner, causing least harm to the existing environment including

public health, flora, fauna, sites of religious and cultural significance etc.

7.1.2 Equipment and Instruments Environmental monitoring during different stages of project will be carried out by the

EPA certified laboratory hired by PQA during construction and operational stages of


7.2 WORKER’S HEALTH AND SAFETY

During the period of construction at site, EHS Officer will ensure that the contractor

bears the responsibility for worker’s safety, safe working practices and for providing

adequate and appropriate facilities for safety, fire protection, medical aid, potable

water supply and sanitation. Emphasis would be on health and safety training of the

personnel. Safety instructions, handbooks, charts, diagrams etc. will be printed in

English as well as Urdu. The workers would be given appropriate training for

handling hazardous materials and goods. World Bank guidelines relating to worker’s

health and safety would be incorporated into the PMU’s Health and Safety

Procedures. For eye and face protection it will be mandatory on the Construction

workers and other personnel in emergency situations to wear safety glasses, for skin

protection to wear protective gloves, and for respiratory protection, positive pressure



air line with full-face mask and escape bottle or self-contained breathing apparatus

will be made available for emergency use. For general protection, wearing of

overalls, helmets and safety shoes will be made obligatory, and provision will be

made for safety shower and eye wash. Restoration of site: It will be contractor’s

responsibility to restore the sites of excavation for the supporting structures by

removing the debris and construction equipment and materials No attempt will be

made to dispose of residual waste or unused materials on the Corridors. Health,

Safety & Security Commitment of the project will have the following components:

• Monitoring implementation of Health and Safety Plan to prevent and reduce

accidents and occupational diseases among workers of the project as well as

facilities affiliated with operations within its jurisdiction.

• Periodic programme for fire, safety and accident prevention

• Good housekeeping practices

• Regular and periodic course on general safety health and hygiene.

• Providing appropriate signage throughout the corridors

• Providing a site safety handbook.

• Providing on site publicity on safety instructions through conventional notice

boards.

7.3 ANTICIPATED IMPACTS DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE

The Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan (EMMP) provides the

framework for implementation of mitigating measures, environmental management

and monitoring during the construction and operation phases of the proposed project.

Table 7.1 Portray impacts, targets, mitigations and the responsible organizations for

the implementation of the mitigation measures during the design, construction and

operation phases respectively.



Table 7.1: Environmental Management Plan

Sr. No. Parameters Target Mitigation Responsibility

Design Phase 1 Air Quality To control the dust emissions

from coal handling activities All machinery, equipment, vehicles, and generators used

during construction and operation activities should be selected of latest technology keeping in view the dust emissions from the coal handling activities.

The selected equipment for coal handling should have the inbuilt features of dust control and should be kept in good working condition, be properly tuned and maintained in order to minimize the emissions;

Blowing of dust from potential sources at the project site should be avoided by shielding them from the exterior, for example using the covers over potential sources of dust, wind breaker walls, dust suppression walls and provide water sprinkling arrangements at site.

Preventive measures against dust should be adopted for on-site loading and unloading operations. Regular water sprinkling of the coal stock piles should be carried out to suppress excessive dust emission(s);

Emissions from power generators and other machines are important point sources at the project. Proper selection operation and maintenance manuals are needed to minimize the hazardous emissions.

EPCC, SC and PQA

2 Noise and vibration To control Noise and vibration Selection of new generation equipment having environment friendly technology for coal handling with reduced noise levels of noise ensured by suitable in-built damping techniques or appropriate muffling devices;

Foundations of the equipment should be designed and constructed as per the recommendations of manufacturer to avoid the unnecessary vibration and noise; and

Construction schedule should confine excessively noisy work to normal working hours in the day, as far as possible

EPCC, SC and PQA

3 Fire To control fire hazard Firefighting arrangements should be planned and designed for the project as required by the international

EPCC, SC and PQA




design codes and operational standards for coal handling facilities.

Proper cleaning mechanism and solid waste management system including hazardous waste should be devised to avoid fire hazard.

4 Wastewater Avoid downstream water pollution

Proper wastewater management plan should be planned and designed for the project.

Suitable wastewater treatment and disposal technology for the treatment and disposal of wastewater should be recommended.

Contaminated water from the sprinkling and firefighting activities laden with coal particles should be collected treated and reused.

EPCC, SC and PQA

5 Storm water Avoid downstream water pollution

Storm water management system (collection treatment and disposal) for stockyard keeping in view the natural drainage pattern of site should be designed and implemented.

EPCC, SC and PQA

6 Social Issues To minimize inconvenience for the public

Mitigation measures will include provisions in the design such as public awareness through different means, proper traffic diversion plans, appropriate sign boards, and timely completion of the project.

EPCC, SC and PQA

7 Flora To avoid the cutting of trees as far as possible.

Avoid the unnecessary cutting of trees Plan for compensatory planting for ten trees against each

fallen tree of similar floral function; Transplantation plan of maximum trees/plants to be

affected; and Disallow introduction of exotic species with known

environmental setbacks (Eucalyptus, etc.).

EPCC, SC and PQA

8 Public Utilities To avoid disturbance to the public utilities.

Incorporate technical design features to minimize impact on public utilities; and

All public utilities likely to be affected by the proposed project need to be relocated/rehabilitated well ahead of the commencement of construction work.

EPCC, SC and PQA




9 Seismic Hazard To minimize the structural damage

The proposed project will be designed and constructed to withstand low to moderate earthquakes. For seismic hazard analysis, updated structural and seismic evaluations will be consulted.

EPCC, SC and PQA

Construction Phase

1 Soil To minimize soil erosion and contamination.

All spoils will be disposed off as desired and the site will be restored back to its original conditions;

Non-bituminous wastes from construction activities will be dumped in approved sites, in line with the legal prescriptions for dump sites, and covered

Excavations would be kept confined to the specified foundation spots as per the approved engineering drawings. Unnecessary excavations should be avoided;

Site camps for the resident labour should not be setup on the land earmarked for developing green belts and lawns;

Oils, lubricants, chemicals, and other listed hazardous materials should be stored safely at their designated spots, enclosures or store rooms, which should be safe from rainfall and away from any potential source of fire;

Septic tanks of adequate capacities should be constructed for receiving and treating wastewater from all temporary worksite toilets and at the temporary container offices, if any. The toilet wastewater should not be discharged untreated onto the adjacent lands;

All machineries and materials should be stored at the designated areas and compounds;

All the unspent and left over materials be completely removed offsite upon completion of construction and the site be restored to original or near to original condition; and

Washout from washing of equipment and gadgets should be drained into either a septic tank or a sand-gravel bed for removal of the grit and contaminants.

EPCC , SC and EC




2 Camp Site To minimize loss of assets and vegetation/forests due to labor movement.

All efforts during the design stage should be made to minimize the removal of existing macro-plants (if any) at camp sites;

The contractor(s) will provide plan for removal & rehabilitation of site upon completion;

Photographical and botanical inventory of vegetation (if any) before clearing the site; and

Compensatory plantation (if any) to be scheduled when construction works near end.

CC, SC, PQA and EC

3 Health and safety of workers and associated communities

To minimize health risks Obligatory insurance against accidents for labourers/workers;

Providing basic medical training to specified work staff and basic medical service and supplies to workers;

Layout plan for camp site, indicating safety measures taken by the contractor, e.g. firefighting equipment, safe storage of hazardous material, first aid, security, fencing, and contingency measures in case of accidents;

Work safety measures and good workmanship practices are to be followed by the contractor to ensure no health risks for labourers;

Protection devices (ear muffs) should be provided to the workers doing job in the vicinity of high noise generating machines;

Provision of adequate sanitation, washing, cooking and dormitory facilities including light up to satisfaction;

Proper maintenance of facilities for workers will be monitored;

Provision of protective clothing for labourers handling hazardous materials, e.g. helmet, adequate footwear for bituminous pavement works, protective goggles, gloves etc;

Ensure strict use of wearing these protective clothing during work activities;

Elaboration of a contingency planning in case of major accidents;

Instruct foremen to strictly enforce the keeping out of non-working persons, particularly children, off work sites; and

EPCC, SC, EC




Adequate signage, lightning devices, barriers, yellow tape and persons with flags during construction to manage traffic at construction sites, haulage and access roads.

There should be proper control on construction activities and oil spillage leakage of vehicles.

The labour works with different transmittable diseases should be restricted within the construction site.

Efforts will be made to create awareness about road safety among the drivers operating construction vehicles;

Timely public notification of planned construction works; Close consultation with local communities to identify

optimal solutions for diversions to maintain community integrity & social links;

Seeking cooperation with local educational facilities for road safety campaigns;

Provision of proper safety and diversion signage, particularly at sensitive/accident-prone spots;

Setting up speed limits in close consultation with the local stakeholders;

If identified, consider additional guard rails at accident-prone stretches and sensitive locations (schools & hospitals);

Reducing the impacts of vector borne diseases on long-term health effect of workers should be accomplished through implementation of diverse interventions aimed at eliminating the factors that lead to disease, which includes: Prevention of larval and adult propagation of vectors through sanitary improvements and elimination of breeding habitat close to human settlements and by eliminating any unusable impounding of water;

During construction work vehicular passages should be provided for crossing;

Fencing around the camps should be strong enough so that it cannot be broken easily by local people for making passages; and

Use of water should not disturb public water availability and source of water should be selected carefully.




4 Emergency Response

To be prepared for emergency

An Emergency Response Plan for earthquakes and manmade disasters will be developed by the PQA. Emergency Response Plan will be implemented in close consultation with the, firefighting department, bomb disposal squad and paramedics. In addition, training of the staff / employees regarding the emergency procedures / plans will be regularly conducted.

PQA & EPCC

5 Air Quality To minimize air pollution All vehicles, machinery, equipment and generators used during construction activities should be kept in good working condition and be properly tuned and maintained in order to minimize the exhaust emissions;

Blowing of dust from potential sources at the worksite should be avoided by shielding them from the exterior, for example using polythene curtains or raising a fence of corrugated sheets around areas of active constructions;

Blowing of dust and particulate matter from stockpiled loose materials (e.g. sand, soil) should be avoided either by sheeting them with tarpaulin or plastic sheets or by sprinkling them with light shower of water;

Open burning of solid waste from the Contractor’s camps should be strictly banned;

Preventive measures against dust should be adopted for on-site mixing and unloading operations. Regular water sprinkling of the site should be carried out to suppress excessive dust emission(s);

Only good quality oils, petroleum products, additives and spares should be used in the machinery, generators, and the construction vehicles. Usage of used oil should be strictly prohibited;

Emissions from power generators and construction machinery are important point sources at the construction sites. Proper maintenance and repair is needed to minimize the hazardous emissions.

EPCC, SC and EC

6 Noise To minimize noise pollution Selection of up-to-date and well maintained plant or equipment with reduced noise levels ensured by suitable in-built damping techniques or appropriate muffling

EPCC, SC and EC




devices; Confining excessively noisy work to normal working hours

in the day, as far as possible; Providing the construction workers with suitable hearing

protection like ear cap, or earmuffs and training them in their use;

Preferably, restricting construction vehicles movement during night time;

Heavy machinery like percussion hammers and pneumatic drills should not be used during the night without prior approval of the client;

Vehicles and equipment used should be fitted, as applicable, with silencers and properly maintained;

Use of low noise machinery, or machinery with noise shielding and absorption;

Contractors should comply with submitted work schedule, keeping noisy operations away from sensitive points; implement regular maintenance and repairs; and employ strict implementation of operation procedures.

7 Waste To minimize the Wastes Wastewater effluent from contractor’s workshop and equipment washing yards would be passed through oil and grease separator to remove oil/ grease contaminants before discharging it into natural streams;

An efficient and responsive solid waste management system should be devised for the entire duration of the construction phase. Such a system should provide for separate collection of different categories of constructional wastes. The wastes which will be reusable/recyclable (iron bars, aluminum) should be sold to waste vendors and those which cannot be sold out (Block pieces) may be used as a filling material for leveling the depressions, subject to technical feasibility;

Solid waste should not be disposed off into natural drain; Training of working force in the storage and handling of

materials and chemicals that can potentially cause soil contamination;

Solid waste generated during construction and camp sites

EPCC and EC




will be safely disposed in demarcated waste disposal sites and the contractor will provide a proper waste management plan;

Proper labeling of containers, including the identification and quantity of the contents, hazard contact information etc.;

Training of employees involved in the transportation of hazardous material regarding emergency procedures;

Providing the necessary means for emergency response on call 24 hours/day;

The sewage system for camps will be properly designed (pit latrines or, as required, septic tanks) to receive all sanitary wastewaters;

Lined wash areas will be constructed within the camp site or at site, for the receipt of wash waters from construction machinery;

Insecticides that are less toxic to human health should be used;

Construction workers and supervisory staff should be encouraged and educated to practice waste minimization, reuse and recycling to reduce quantity of the waste for disposal; and

Prohibit open burning of solid waste. 8 Surface and Ground

water To avoid contamination of water bodies and ground water

Protection of groundwater reserves (if any) from any source of contamination such as the construction and oily waste that will degrade its quality;

The solid waste will be disposed off in designated landfill sites;

Water required for construction is obtained in such a way that the water availability and supply to nearby communities remain unaffected; and

Prohibit washing of machinery and vehicles in open areas, provide sealed washing basins and collect wastewater in sedimentation/retention pond.

EPCC, SC and EC

9 Flora To minimize the impact on flora

There are about 12 trees in the median of existing road; efforts shall be made to save the trees as much as

EPCC, SC and PQA




possible. Compensatory plantation of trees at the rate of 1:10 is recommended. The plantation will start as soon as the construction of proposed project is nearing completion;

Camp sites will be established on waste/barren land rather than social and commercial land. However, if such type of land is not available, it will be ensured that minimum clearing of the vegetation is carried out and minimum damage is caused to flora;

Construction vehicles, machinery and equipment will remain confined within their designated areas of movement;

The Contractor’s staff and labour will be strictly directed not to damage any vegetation;

Contractor will provide gas cylinders at the camps for cooking purposes and cutting of trees/bushes for fuel will not be allowed; and

A tree plantation program will be formulated by the PQA along the Road and stockyard at available spaces.

10 Disposal of Mucking Material

To minimize the scars on the land in the project area

Mitigation measure will include proper landscaping, which should be given due consideration along with re-establishment of the local/indigenous vegetation. The excavated materials that are unsuitable for use will need to be stored, transported and disposed of appropriately at designated sites.

CC, SC and EC

11 Public Utilities and Infrastructure

To minimize the disturbance to public utilities and infrastructure

Mitigation measures will include rehabilitation of existing utilities before construction to avoid any inconvenience to the residents of the project area or provide them with alternate arrangement during the construction period.

EPCC, SC and EC

12 Traffic Management To minimize traffic problems in the project area

Proper traffic management plan will be needed to avoid traffic jams/public inconvenience;

Coordinated planning of traffic diversions by the traffic control agency of PQA in accordance with the construction program with advance warnings to the affected road users;

Construction vehicles, machinery and equipment will

Traffic Police, EPCC and EC




move or be stationed in the designated ROW to avoid un-necessary compaction of soil.

Availability of continuous services of the traffic control personnel in the diversion and control of traffic; and

The executing agency is required to maintain liaison between the traffic control agency, local travelers and the contractor to facilitate traffic movement during construction stage.

13 Lifestyle and Culture To minimize cultural conflicts Timely public notification and announcement of mobilizing equipment;

Local labour should be employed for construction works Water supply and sanitation facilities, Contractor’s

workforces should exacerbate the existing shortages and environmental hazards; contractor should primarily seek their own sources of water in due distance.

EPCC, SC and EC

14 Heavy Vehicles on the Existing Road Network & Sensitive Receptors

To minimize negative impacts on existing road and surroundings.

Any vehicle with an open load carrying area used for transport of potentially dust producing materials shall have properly fitted side and tailboards. Materials having potential to produce dust shall not be loaded to a level higher than the side and tail boards and shall be covered with clean tarpaulin in good condition. The tarpaulin shall be properly secured and extended to at least 300 mm over the edges of the sideboard and tailboard;

The Contractor shall not use any vehicles either on or off road with grossly excessive noise pollution. Noise mufflers shall be installed and maintained in good condition on all motorized equipment under the control of the Contractor;

Timely maintenance of affected roads to avoid any inconvenience to the road commuters.

EPCC, SC, Traffic Control agency of PQA and EC

Operational Phase

1 Air Quality To Minimize the dust emissions from coal handling activities

All machinery, equipment, vehicles, and generators used during operation activities should be kept in good working condition, be properly tuned and maintained in order to control the emissions;

Sindh EPA and PQA




All the coal dust control measures provided by the planner and designer of the project including inbuilt dust control units of equipment, covers over potential sources of dust, wind breaker walls, dust suppression walls and water sprinkling arrangements should be well maintained and regularly operated at site.

Preventive measures against dust should be adopted for on-site loading and unloading operations. Regular water sprinkling of the coal stock piles should be carried out to suppress excessive dust emission(s);

Emissions from power generators and other machines are important point sources at the project. Proper operation and maintenance schedules should be prepared by the operator of the facility is required to minimize the hazardous emissions.

2 Noise and vibration To minimize noise pollution Keep the plant and equipment well maintained to control the noise and vibration levels within the specified limits.

Use of low noise machinery, or machinery with noise shielding and absorption;

Foundation of equipment should be well maintained to avoid vibration and noise from the equipment;

Vehicles and equipment used should be fitted, as applicable, with silencers and properly maintained; and

Providing the operating workers of the facility with suitable hearing protection like ear cap, or earmuffs and training them in their use;

Sindh EPA and PQA

3 Fire To control fires Firefighting arrangements should be properly maintained as required by the international operational codes and standards;

Operating staff must be trained for firefighting; Fire drills with the recommended frequency should be

arranged at site; Proper cleaning mechanism and solid waste management

system including hazardous waste should be followed to avoid fire hazard.

Sindh EPA and PQA




4 Flora Raising of compensatory plantation

Plants will be raised in and around the project area at available spaces. The presence of adequate flora, along the route of coal conveyor and stockyard will control the dust emission and absorb flue gases, emitted from coal handling activities, which shall in turn improve air quality.

Organic farming will be encouraged to minimize the use of chemical fertilizers and pesticides.

PQA

5 Air Quality To minimize air pollution Setting up of a system to monitor air quality along project area in accordance with the applicable standards/limits;

Tree plantations as applicable and feasible under harsh climatic conditions; plants should be selected in accordance to their ability to absorb emissions;

Regular road maintenance to ensure good surface condition;

Sindh EPA and PQA

6 Wastewater To control downstream water pollution

Proper wastewater management practices should be employed at project site;

Wastewater treatment and disposal system should be maintained and monitored for the proper treatment and disposal of wastewater; and

Contaminated water from the sprinkling and firefighting activities laden with coal particles should be collected in the sedimentation basin and reused for the same purposes (if possible).

PQA

7 Storm water To control downstream water pollution

Storm water management system (collection treatment and disposal) for stockyard should be operated to avoid contamination of sea water.

Sindh EPA and PQA

KEY DESCRIPTION EPCC Engineering Procurement Construction Contractor

EC Environmental Committee

SC Supervision Consultant

SEPA Sindh Environment Protection Agency

PQA Port Qasim Authority



7.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING

Environmental Monitoring is undertaken during both the construction and operational

phases to ensure the effectiveness of the proposed mitigation measures. Certain

environmental parameters are selected and quantitative analysis is carried out. The

results of analysis are compared with the guidelines; standards and pre-project

conditions to investigate whether the EMMP and its implementation are effective for

the mitigation of impacts or not. Parameters to be analyzed during construction and

operation of the project and responsibilities for monitoring and reporting have been

discussed below.

A cost estimate for this measurement of parameters is given in Table 7.2.

7.4.1 Construction Phase

a) Air Quality Air quality monitoring will be carried out once during the construction phase at

the project site. All SEQS parameters will be monitored.

b) Water Quality Water quality monitoring will be done once during the construction phase at

the representative location. All SEQS parameters will be monitored.

c) Wastewater Quality Wastewater quality monitoring will be done once during the construction

phase at the representative locations. All SEQS parameters will be monitored.

d) Noise Levels

The noise level monitoring will be carried out once during the whole

construction period as per monitoring plan at representative location in the

project area.

7.4.2 Operation Phase

a) Air Quality Air quality monitoring will be done monthly during the operational phase at the

representative locations. The following parameters will be monitored:



CO

NOX

SO2

PM10

b) Noise Levels

The noise level monitoring will be carried out monthly at representative

locations in the project area.

7.4.3 Responsibilities for Monitoring and Reporting The EC will be responsible for environmental monitoring and reporting throughout the

construction and operation phases. A monitoring report will be prepared on monthly

basis and one comprehensive report will be prepared after every three months.

Contents of the report will include results of environmental monitoring in comparison

to the SEQS/NEQS for the various parameters, location and sampling time along

with recommendations. Reports will be submitted during the construction phase to

each of the following authorities and institutions:

(i) PQA and

(ii) Sindh EPA whereas, during the operational phase, one report will be

submitted to EPA-Sindh



Table 7.2: Budget Estimate for Environmental Monitoring During the Construction and Operation Phases

Components Parameters No. of Samples

(No. of Samples x No. of locations x Frequency)

Frequency Responsibility Duration Cost (Rs.)

Construction Phase (9 Months)

Air Quality CO, NOx, SOx, SPM, PM 2.5, PM10 1x1x9 = 9 Monthly EPCC/ EC 24 hours 315,000/-

Water Quality Total Coliforms, Fecal E. Coli, Total Colonial Count, Turbidity, pH, TDS, Total Hardness, Nitrate, Chloride, Sodium

1x1x9 = 9 Monthly EPCC/ EC - 225,000/-

Wastewater Quality pH, DO, TSS, TDS, Alkalinity, BOD5, COD, Turbidity 1x1x9 = 9 Monthly EPCC/EC - 225,000/-

Noise Level - 1x1x9 = 9 Monthly EPCC/EC 24 hours 22,500/-

TOTAL 787,500/-

Operation Phase (1 year)

Air Quality CO, NOx, SOx, SPM, PM 2.5, PM10 1x1x12 = 12 Monthly EC/Sindh -EPA 24 hours 420,000/-

Noise Level - 1x1x12 = 12 Monthly EC/Sindh -EPA 24 hours 30,000/-

TOTAL 450,000/-

GRAND TOTAL 1,237,500/-

KEY EC – Environmental Committee

EPCC- Engineering Procurement Construction Contractor

SEPA – Sindh Environmental Protection Agency



7.5 PLANTATION To minimize the negative impacts arising due to the operations of Coal Conveying

System and to enhance the landscape of the project area, plantation at available

spaces will be carried out. Total cost for the plantation of recommended trees is

about Rs. 349,310/-.

Plantation Plan A Plantation Plan is prepared for Coal Conveying System at Port Qasim, Karachi.

The plantation in the project area was considered as an essential component of

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of the project.

The plants/trees exist in the project area are being looked after by Port Qasim

Authority.

If any plant/tree cut down/uprooted, saplings have to be planted against any uprooted

plant/tree as replacement. The execution of the project will involve the

cutting/uprooting of only 12 trees owned by the PQA, inside median of proposed Coal

Conveyor route. The contractor will plant 240 plants at available spaces of specified

species as directed by the Program Monitoring Unit of PQA.

The following plan is proposed for Port Qasim Authority:

i. The plants/tree inventory prepared by the consultants may be shared with the

PQA.

ii. The cut/uprooted plants/trees will remain the property of PQA.

iii. The replenish cost will be paid to Contractor.

iv. The Contractor will plant 20 sapling for every cut/uprooted plants/tree and

take care of the plantation including the replacement of dead plants up to the

defect liability period.

7.6 ENVIRONMENTAL TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE AND TRAINING PLAN

In order to raise the level of professional and managerial staff, there is a need to

upgrade their knowledge in the related areas. The EC should play a key role in this

respect and arrange the trainings.



An environmental and social training and Technical Assistance (TA) program is to be

carried out before the implementation of the project. Contractor’s environmental

awareness and appropriate knowledge of environmental protection is critical to the

successful implementation of the EMMP because without appropriate environmental

awareness, knowledge and skills required for the implementation of the mitigation

measures, it would be difficult for the Contractor’s workforce to implement effective

environmental protection measures. A suitable training program is proposed to train

the Contractor(s) staff who will be involved in the construction phase and the

professional staff from the client involved at the operational stage of the project.

The PQA will engage a consultant to manage the environmental training program.

The objective of the TA will be, to help in establishment of appropriate systems, and

to train senior PQA staff and EC responsible for managing environment, operations,

and planning, who can then impart training at a broader level within and outside the

PQA (i.e. the training of trainers). The TA consultant will organize training courses for

PQA and contractor staff to train them in specialized areas such as air and noise

pollution monitoring; develop environment operation manuals in consultation with the

Sindh EPA. The details of this training program are presented in Table 7.3

Table 7.3: Personnel Training Program/ TA Services

Provided by Contents Trainees/Events Duration TA consultants/ organizations specializing in environmental management and monitoring

Short seminars and courses on: Environmental laws and regulations, daily monitoring and supervision

Two seminars for PQA and Contractor project staff

2 days

TA consultants/ organizations specializing in social management and monitoring

Short seminars and courses on: Social awareness

Two seminars for project staff dealing in Social matters

2 days

TA consultants/ organizations specializing in Occupational, health and safety issues

Short lectures relating to Occupational Safety and Health

Two seminars for contractor’s staff

2 days

7.7 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING, MITIGATION AND TRAINING COST

The cost required to effectively implement the mitigation measures is important for

the sustainability of the project both in the construction and operation phases of the

Project.



These costs are summarized in Table 7.4 and the break-up for Health Safety &

Environment cost is given in Table 7.5.

Table 7.4: Environmental Mitigation and Monitoring Cost

Sr. No. Activity Basis Cost (Rs.)

1 Medical screening for workers Rs. 1200 for 150 employees 180,000

2 Drinking water analysis

Rs. 25,000 for microbiological and chemical analysis for one sample collected twice for 9 months from one (01) camp site

50,000

3 Material Storage, handling and use Five (05) No. of tarpaulins of Rs. 20,000 each 100,000

4 Handling/ transportation of hazardous material

Rs. 12,000/month for a period of 9 months will be required for transportation of material

108,000

5 Handling of solid waste

Rs.10,000 per month (two trips per month) for a period of 9 months, which includes the cost of collection, transportation and disposal to the designated site

90,000

6 Health & Safety of Workers

For 100 employees for the provision of dust masks, safety shoes, gloves, first aid box, ear plugs, safety helmets and safety jackets (Hi Vis) And Provision of dust bins, warning tap, safety cones, safety sign boards and water sprinkling

2,256,000

7 Environmental Monitoring Cost Air, water, noise 1,237,500

8 Cost for hiring of staff (Environment Health & Safety Specialist)

Rs. 150,000 / month for 9 months 1,350,000

9 Cost of environmental training For the whole construction period 600,000

10 Tree Plantation and maintenance for five (05) years 349,310

Grand Total 6,320,810



Table 7.5: Break-up for Health Safety & Environment cost (Serial No. 6 of Table 7.4)

Items Quantity Cost / Item (Rs.) Total Cost (Rs.)

(A) Personal Protective Equipments PPEs

Dust masks 3600 20 72,000

Safety Shoes 200 1200 240,000

Gloves 1800 200 360,000

First Aid Box 2 2000 4,000

Ear Plugs 900 30 27,000

Safety Helmets 100 800 80,000 Safety Jackets (Hi Vis) 200 400

80,000

Sub-Total (A) 863,000

(B) Others Provision of Dust Bins 4 1000

4,000

Warning Tape 50 500 25,000

Safety Cones 40 1000 40,000

Safety Sign Boards 20 1200 24,000

Water Sprinkling 2 times/day 15000

900,000

Rain Coat 200 2000 400,000

Gum Boots 200 1000 200,000

Sub-Total (B) 1,393,000

Total (A) + (B) 2,256,000

Time required for Construction = 9 months No. of labour required during construction = 100

(A) Personal Protective Equipments PPEs

Dust mask 1 dust mask to be used in a week by each labourer Safety Shoes 1 safety shoe for six months for each labourer Gloves 2 pair of gloves for each labourer for a month

First Aid Box 1 first aid box for every 50 labourers Ear Plug 1 set of ear plug to be used for 1 month for each labourer

Safety Helmet 1 safety helmet for each labourer for 9 months



Safety Jackets (Hi Vis) 2 safety Jackets (Hi Vis) for each labourer for 9 months

(B) Others Water Sprinkling only considered for road manufacturing for the period of 1 month (30

days) Rain Coat 2 rain coat for each labourer for 9 months

Gum Boots 2 gum boot for each labourer for 9 months

The Environmental Mitigation and Monitoring cost will be Rs. 6,320,810 or Rs. 6.320 Million.

Section – 8 Conclusion and Recommendation EIA of Coal Conveying System - Port Qasim, Karachi


SECTION - 8 CONCLUSION AND RECOMMENDATIONS

8.0 GENERAL This section presents conclusion of the EIA Study of Coal Conveying System at Port

Qasim, Karachi. The overall objective of this EIA is to carry out a detailed

environmental assessment of the proposed project to assess impacts caused by the

different activities and to address measures to mitigate adverse environmental

impacts arising from the execution of the project.

The conclusions mentioned below are based on the findings of detailed

environmental assessment, which has been carried out as per requirement of Sindh-

EPA.

8.1 MAIN ISSUES AND CONCERNS

During the field surveys, significant efforts were made to identify the main

environmental, ecological and social issues related to the implementation of the

proposed project. Various Government Departments and Agencies were also

contacted for obtaining salient information along with area residents / stakeholders.

Following is the list of main issues and concerns identified:

• Disturbance to the public movement during construction;

• Air and noise pollution due to the different construction activities and operation of

construction machinery during construction phase of the project;

• Coal dust generation might occur during the operation phase of the project;

• The disposal of water containing coal dust is another major environmental impact

at the stockyard during the operation phase of the project;

• Coal fire hazard might be an adverse impact for the adjoining industries along

either side of the conveyor belt;

• Solid waste generation during construction;

• Accidental leaks/spills of hazardous chemicals from construction activities and

machinery;

• Health and safety issues of the workers;

• Contamination of water body by construction activities; and



• Disturbance in traffic movement during excavation and lying of utility pipe in

relocation of public utilities.

All the adverse impacts have properly been mitigated and a comprehensive EMP

has been formulated. The implementation of EMP will help to reduce the adverse

impacts of execution of coal conveyor system.

8.2 MITIGATION MEASURES

It is envisaged that the commitment of Port Qasim Authority (PQA) to maintain the

quality of environment within and adjacent to the project area through

implementation of the EMP would mitigate any adverse impacts. For effective

environmental management, Port Qasim Authority (PQA) should assign the

necessary responsibilities to an Environmental Committee which should be

responsible for implementation of the Environmental Management and Monitoring of


The implementation of Coal Conveying System (CCS) will provide;

• CCS includes features like inbuilt dust control in transfer stations, covered coal

conveyor, mechanized loading unloading features, dust suppression and

complete firefighting arrangements at coal stockyard, and rapid load-out station

for loading the train, all day service spans, and more frequent service than truck

transport;

• The use of exclusive trains, flexibility and lower-cost of transportation by train

allows it to provide cost effective, environment friendly, safe, swift, and greater

reliability of fuel for power plants;

• Reliable supply of fuel ensures the reliable power generation and supply;

• Improved tax / fare collection;

• The total capacity of a single train is 2400 tonnes;

• The greater frequency and larger quantities of coal transport through train will

reduce traffic on highways;

• Contributes to reductions in traffic crashes;

• Reduced traffic load noise & air pollution; and

• Reduced maintenance of roads.

The EIA study concluded that there could be some areas of concern, provided the

mitigation measures identified are not addressed to the satisfaction of all



stakeholders. Probably the main area of concern which would require special

attention are; Coal dust generation, coal fire hazard, health and safety of workers,

etc.

Overall, the impacts related to construction phase of the project could be minimized

by the implementation of the proper mitigation measures.

8.3 RECOMMENDATIONS

Some recommendations those need to be followed for the project to make the

project sustainable are:

• The Project impacts and their mitigation will be monitored as per the Monitoring

Plan;

• All mitigation, compensation and enhancement measures proposed in this EIA

report are implemented in full, as described in the document;

• To ensure that the environmental impacts of the project are successfully

mitigated;

• The Environmental Management and Monitoring Plan must be implemented; and

• The Implementing Agency (PQA) shall ensure that the EMP prepared by the

contractor includes construction methodologies and submit this to PQA for review

and approval.

At the implementation stage, PQA assisted by Supervision Consultants (SC) will

make arrangements to monitor the implementation of mitigation measures and

conduct environmental effects monitoring activities specified in the EMP.

With these measures in place, environmental impacts of the Project should be

manageable and will not result in any residual impacts on the project.

ANNEXURE

EIA of Coal Conveying System at Port Qasim, Karachi

NESPAK July, 2016

Annexure-I:

SIND ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY STANDARDS, 2016

ANNEXURE


NESPAK July, 2016

Annexure-II:

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING REPORT

S

PAK

ENVIRON

COAL C

Sector 28Phon

KISTAN

MENTAL MO

E

CONVEYIN

, Gulzar-ne: (92-2

N SPACE

ONITORING O

ENVIRO

NG SYSTE

e-Hijri O21) 34650

E & UPPE

OF COAL CONPO

ONMENT

EM FROM

PORT QA

ff .Unive0765-743

ER ATM(SUP

NVEYING SYORT QASIM

TAL MOFOR

PIBT TO

ASIM, KAR

rsity Roa3469494

MOSPHEPARCO)

YSTEM FROM

ONITOR

EXISTINGRACHI

ad, P.O.Bo41, Fax:

RE RES)

M PIBT TO RA

RING

G RAIWAY

ox 8402, (92-21)

SEARCH

AILWAY NET

Y TRACK A

, Karachi- 3464492

H COMM

TWOK

AT

-75270 28

MISSION

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING OF COAL CONVEYING SYSTEM FROM PIBT TO RAILWAY NETWOK PORT QASIM

ENVIROMENTAL MONITORING AND MODELING DIVISION Page ii

DISCLAIMER

This report containing 38 pages is produced in compliance with the request of

M/s NESPAK, Karachi. for ascertaining ambient air quality, Noise and Vibration

Monitoring at three (03) sites for 24 hour for coal conveying system from PIBT

to railway Network at Port Qasim and drinking water quality at three (03)

locations. The information contained in this report has been verified by

SUPARCO experts and any changes made hereafter would not be the

SUPARCO’s responsibility.


ENVIROMENTAL MONITORING AND MODELING DIVISION Page iii

PREPARED BY: Name: M. Khalid

Designation: Research Associate, SUPARCO

Signature---------

CHECKED BY: Name: Dr. M. Mansha

Designation: General Manager, SUPARCO

Signature---------

SUBMITTED TO: M/s NESPAK, KARACHI


ENVIROMENTAL MONITORING AND MODELING DIVISION Page iv

LIST OF ABBREVIATIONS

SUPARCO Pakistan Space & Upper Atmosphere Research Commission

NOx Oxides of Nitrogen

CO Carbon Monoxide

PM10 Particulate Matter Less than 10 micron

PM2.5, Particulate Monitor less than 2.5 micron

µg/m3 Microgram per cubic meter

SEQS Sindh Environmental Quality Standard

US EPA Environmental Protection Agency of USA

NEQS National Ambient Air Quality Standards

ND Not Detected

NESPAK National Engineering Services Pakistan

PIBT Pakistan International Bulk Terminal


ENVIROMENTAL MONITORING AND MODELING DIVISION Page v

TABLE OF CONTENTS 1. INTRODUCTION ..................................................................................... 1

1.1 Objectives ......................................................................................... 2

2. AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING ................................................ 3

2.1 Methodology .......................................................................................... 3

2.2 Data Acquisition Criteria ................................................................. 3

2.3 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Methods and Ambient Air Quality Standards ..................................................................................... 4

2.4 Work Plan ......................................................................................... 5

2.5 Air Quality Data Acquisition Plan ................................................... 5

3. GENERAL DISCUSSION AND RESULTS ............................................. 6

3.1 Oxides of Nitrogen (NOx) ................................................................ 6

3.1.1 Monitoring Results of NOx .............................................................. 6

3.2 Sulfur Dioxide (SO2) ......................................................................... 7

3.2.1 Monitoring Results of SO2 ............................................................... 7

3.3 Carbon Monoxide (CO) .................................................................... 8

3.3.1 Monitoring Results of CO ................................................................ 8

3.4 Ozone (O3) ........................................................................................ 9

3.4.1 Monitoring Results of Ozone .......................................................... 9

3.5 Particulate Matter (PM10,PM2.5 and SPM) ................................... 10

3.5.1 Monitoring Results of PM 2.5 ......................................................... 11

3.5.2 Monitoring Results of PM 10 .......................................................... 11

3.5.3 Monitoring Results of SPM ........................................................... 12

3.6 Noise Level Measurement ............................................................. 13

3.6.1 Monitoring Results of Noise Level ............................................... 13

3.7 Vibration ......................................................................................... 14

3.7.1 Monitoring Results of Vibration ................................................... 14

3.8 Lead in Ambient Air ....................................................................... 14

3.8.1 Testing Results of Lead ................................................................ 14

3.9 Meteorological Data ....................................................................... 15

3.9.1 Monitoring Results of Meteorological Data .............................. 15

4. WATER TESTING ................................................................................. 18

4.1 Methodology ................................................................................... 18


ENVIROMENTAL MONITORING AND MODELING DIVISION Page vi

4.2 Data Acquisition Criteria ............................................................... 18

a. Drinking Water Quality Testing Methods and Standards ........... 19

4.3 Work Plan ....................................................................................... 20

4.4 Water Quality Sampling Plan ........................................................ 21

4.5 Water Quality Results .................................................................... 24

4.6 Conclusion ..................................................................................... 25

Annexure-I 26

(Detailed Monitoring Data) ........................................................................ 26

Annexure-II ................................................................................................ 33

(MONITORING SURVEY PICTURES) ........................................................ 33

i: End Point Pictures (NWIZ/ Pumping Station PQA) ............................ 34

ii: Pharm-Evo Pictures ............................................................................. 35

iii: Start Point (PIBT) Pictures ................................................................. 36

iv: Water Sampling Pictures .................................................................... 37

v: Noise and Vibration Monitoring .......................................................... 38


ENVIROMENTAL MONITORING AND MODELING DIVISION Page vii

List of Figure

Figure # Title Page #

Figure A Satellite View of Locations of Ambient Air Monitoring Sites 1

Figure 2 (a) Minimum, Maximum and Average (24hrs) Concentration of NO 6

Figure 2 (b) Minimum, Maximum and Average (24hrs) Concentration of NO2 7

Figure 3) Minimum, Maximum and Average (24hrs) Concentration of SOX 8

Figure 4 Minimum, Maximum and Average (24hrs) Concentration of CO 9

Figure 5 Minimum, Maximum and Average (24hrs) Concentration of O3 10

Figure 6 Minimum, Maximum and Average (24hrs) Concentration of PM 2.5 11

Figure 7 Average (24hrs) Concentration of PM10 12

Figure 8 Average (24hrs) Concentration of SPM 12

Figure 9 Minimum, Maximum and Average (24hrs) Noise level at different sites 13

Figure 10 Average (24hrs) values of Temperature at different sites 15

Figure 11 Average (24hrs) values of Humidity at different sites 16

Figure 12 Average (24hrs) values of Wind Speed at different sites 16

Figure 13 Wind rose Plot Showing Wind Speed and Wind Direction (Blowing from) of End Point of the Project

17

Figure 14 Windrose Plot Showing Wind Speed and Wind Direction (Blowing from) of Pharm Evo 17

Figure 15 Windrose Plot Showing Wind Speed and Wind Direction (Blowing from) of Start Point 18

Figure 16 Satellite View of Locations of Water Sampling Sites 22


ENVIROMENTAL MONITORING AND MODELING DIVISION Page viii

List of Tables

Table # Title Page #

Table 1 Ambient Air Quality and Noise Level Monitoring Point 2

Table 2 Concentration limits of Equipment 3

Table 3 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Methods 4

Table 4 Ambient Air Quality Standards of Pak. EPA, USEPA, WHO and World Bank 4

Table 5 Testing Methods and National Standards for Drinking Water Quality 19

Table 6 Drinking Water Quality Results 24


ENVIROMENTAL MONITORING AND MODELING DIVISION Page 1

1. INTRODUCTION

NESPAK is in process of conducting Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) of

Coal Conveying System from PIBT to Railway Network at Port Qasim, Karachi. We,

therefore intend to conduct sampling and testing of Air, Water, Noise and Monitoring of

Vibration at site.

For the monitoring of Ambient Air, Noise and Vibration, three points have been

selected along the route of conveyor belt to coal stockyard; sampling of water has been

carried out from project area. In addition, the Air Dispersion Modeling is required to

simulate the physical process of dust dispersion from the source and identify potential

hazard areas surrounding the source with respect to health and safety.

Figure A: Satellite View of Locations of Ambient Air, Noise, and Vibration Monitoring Points



Table 1: Ambient Air Quality and Noise Level Monitoring Point

Equipment Min. Concentration Limits

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring at PIBT

(Start Point)

N 24048’46.0”

E 67017’18.5”

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring at

Pharm Evo

N 24049’40.4”

E 067017’37.4”

Ambient Air Quality Monitoring at

Water Pumping Station (End Point)

N 24049’41.3”

E 67018’54.9”

1.1 Objectives

The main objective of the proposed study was to collect the baseline ambient air

quality data (NOx, SO2, CO, Noise, PM10, PM2.5, Noise, Vibration and Meteorological

Parameters) at three sites along the selected route of Coal Conveyor and Coal Stockyard

for Coal Conveying System at Port Qasim, Karachi.



2. AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING

2.1 Methodology

SUPARCO collected the ambient air data using its USEPA recommended

monitoring equipment at three sites along the Coal Conveying System at Port Qasim,

Karachi.

2.2 Data Acquisition Criteria a. Air Quality data (concentration) of criteria pollutants such as NOx (as sum of

NO & NO2), SO2, CO, PM10 and PM2.5, Vibration along with additional Noise

Level Monitoring was also performed at each site

b. The meteorological parameters (Wind Speed, Wind Direction, Temperature

and Relative Humidity) were also measured on site

c. The data (air quality and meteorological parameters) was collected with

interval of 01 hour for 24 hours at each site

d. The analyzer concentration limits are given in Table 2 for monitoring the air

quality

e. The data was analyzed under SEQS guidelines for ambient air quality given in

Table 3

Table 2: Concentration limits of Equipment

Equipment Min. Concentration Limits

SO2 Analyzer ~1 µg/m3

O3 Analyzer ~1 µg/m3

CO Analyzer < 0.5 mg/m3

NOx (NO+NO2) Analyzer ~ 1 µg/m3

PM2.5/PM10 Sampler ~ 5 µg/m3

Vibration Meter ~ 0.005 mm

Noise Meter ~ 0.1 dB



2.3 Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Methods and Ambient Air Quality Standards

The air quality parameters were measured using the state of the art instruments

based upon the USEPA and ASTM methods. The ambient air quality

standards/guidelines of Pak EPA, USEPA, WHO and World Bank for data analysis and

comparison are given in Table 4.

Table 3: Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Methods

Pollutants Title of US EPA 40 CFR Methods

NOx Reference Method in Appendix F of 40 CFR Part 50 Chemiluminescence

SO2 Ambient Monitoring Reference & Equivalent Method of 40 CFR Part 52 Fluorescence Method

O3 Reference Method in Appendix D of 40 CFR Part 50 UV absorption

CO Method in Appendix C of 40 CFR Part 50 IR Gas Filter Correlation PM10 Reference Method in Appendix J of 40 CFR Part 50 Beta Source PM2.5 Reference Method of 40 CFR Appendix L of Part 50 Beta Source

Table 4: Ambient Air Quality Standards of Sindh EPA, USEPA, WHO and World Bank

Pollutants USEPA WHO World Bank SEQS

Avg. Time Standard Avg. Time Standard Avg. Time Standard Avg. Time Standard

SO2 24 HRS

365 ug/m3 (140 ppb)

24 HRS 10 min.

20 ug/m3

500 ug/m3

ANNUAL MEAN

24 HRS

100 ug/m3 (38 ppb)

500 ug/m3

ANNUAL MEAN

24 HRS

80 ug/m3

120 ug/m3

CO

8 HRS

1 HR

10 mg/m3 (9 ppm)

40 mg/m3

8 HRS

1 HR

10 mg/m3 (9 ppm)

40 mg/m3

- - 8 HRS

1 HR

5 mg/m3

10 mg/m3

NO2 Annual Mean

100 ug/m3 (53 ppb)

Annual Mean

1 Hr

40 ug/m3

200 ug/m3

ANNUAL MEAN

100 ug/m3 (50 ppb)

ANNUAL MEAN

24 HRS

80 ug/m3 -

120 ug/m3

O3 1 HRS 235ug/m3 8 HRS 100 ug/m3 - - - 130 ug/m3

TSP 24 HRS 260 ug/m3 - - A.MEAN

24 HRS

100 ug/m3

500 ug/m3

A.MEAN

24 HRS

360 ug/m3

500 ug/m3

PM10 24 HRS 150 ug/m3

Annual Mean

24 HRS

20 ug/m3

50 ug/m3 - -

A.MEAN

24 HRS

120 ug/m3

150 ug/m3

PM2.5 - - Annual Mean

24 HRS

10 ug/m3

25 ug/m3 - - 24 HRS 75 ug/m3



2.4 Work Plan

The work plan followed for data acquisition was as under;

Commencing Date : 27-06-2016

Completion Date : 30-06-2016

Duration : 04 day

Supervisor and Field Monitoring Officials: 1. Dr. M. Mansha (General Manager)

2. Mr. Muhammad Khalid (Research Associate)

3. Mr. Zahid Hussain (Sub Engineer-II)

2.5 Air Quality Data Acquisition Plan 2.4.1 Plan

Site No –I Start Point (NWIZ Water Pumping Station) PQA

Starting Date: 27-06-2016

Starting Time: 1200

Completion Date: 28-06-2016

Completion Time: 1100

Sampling Duration: 24 Hrs Site No –II Pharm Evo


Starting Time: 1300



Sampling Duration: 24 Hrs

Site No –III End Point, PIBT Site


Starting Time: 1400



Sampling Duration: 24 Hrs

ENVIRON

3. G

3.1 Ox

Ni

are prod

processe

NO2 is a

environm

yellowish

3.1.1

observed

also obse

and Site

Figure 2 (a

0.0

5.0

10.0

15.0

20.0

25.0

30.0

35.0

40.0

Concen

tration (ug/m3)

MENTAL MO

ENERAL

xides of N

trogen oxid

duced from

es. NO is co

an odorous

ment. NOx a

h-brown col

Monit

The m

d at site 1,

erved at Si

3 was 3.9,

a): Minimum,

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

0

ONITORING O

DISCUS

Nitrogen (N

des (NOx),

m natural

olorless and

, brown, a

are critical

or of the sm

toring Res

measured m

which was

ite 2 was 7

5.6 and 4.4

Maximum an

End Point

C

OF COAL CONPO

SION AN

NOx)

a mixture o

sources,

d odorless

cidic, highl

componen

mog.

sults of N

minimum co

s 3.4. Simila

7.0. Averag

4 respective

nd Average (2

Concent

NVEYING SYORT QASIM

ND RESUL

of Nitric oxi

motor ve

and is oxid

y-corrosive

nts of phot

Ox

oncentratio

arly, the ma

ge concentr

ely.

24hrs) Conce

Pharm

tration o

YSTEM FROM

LTS

ide (NO) an

hicles and

dized in the

e gas that

tochemical

n of NO (µ

aximum co

ration of NO

ntration of NO

Evo

of NO

M PIBT TO RA

nd Nitrogen

d other fu

e atmosphe

can affect

smog, NO

µg/m3) at P

oncentration

O (µg/m3) a

O

Star

Mi

Av

Ma

SEQ

AILWAY NET

n dioxide (N

uel combu

ere to form

our health

O2 produces

Port Qasim

n of NO (µg

at Site 1, S

rt Point

n

erage

ax

QS

TWOK

NO2),

ustion

NO2.

h and

s the

was

g/m3)

Site 2

ENVIRON

Th

observed

also obse

and Site

Figure 2 (b

Th

internatio

Figures 2

3.2 Su

SO

way it re

children,

asthma p

3.2.1

observed

was obse

and Site

.

0

20

40

60

80

Concen

tration (ug/m3)

MENTAL MO

he measur

d at site 1, w

erved at Sit

3 was 10.1

b): Minimum,

he average

onal and SE

2(a) and 2(b

ulfur Diox

O2 causes

eacts with

the elderl

patients are

Monit

The m

d at site 1, w

erved at Sit

3 was 5.3,

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

ONITORING O

red minimu

which was

te 2 was 17

, 11.8 and

Maximum an

levels of N

EQS (see T

b).

xide (SO2)

a wide var

other subs

y people,

e more vuln

toring Res

measured m

which were

te 2 was 15

10.5 and 9

End Poin

C

OF COAL CONPO

um concen

0.8. Simila

7.2. Averag

10.6 respe

nd Average (2

NO and NO

Table 4 for

riety of hea

stances in

and peopl

erable.

sults of S

minimum co

e 3.8. Simila

5.3.Average

9.7 respectiv

nt

Concent

NVEYING SYORT QASIM

ntration of

arly, the ma

ge concentr

ctively.

24hrs) Conce

O2 were we

r reference

alth and en

the air. P

e with hea

O2

oncentration

arly, the ma

e concentra

vely.

Pharm

tration o

YSTEM FROM

NO2 (µg/

aximum con

ration of NO

ntration of NO

ell also with

) for ambie

nvironmenta

Particularly

art or lung

n of SO2 (µ

aximum co

ations of SO

m Evo

of NO2

M PIBT TO RA

/m3) at Po

ncentration

O2 (µg/m3)

O2

hin the pres

ent air qual

al impacts

y sensitive

diseases

µg/m3) at P

ncentration

O2 (µg/m3)

Sta

M

A

M

S

AILWAY NET

ort Qasim

of NO2 (µg

at Site 1, S

scribed lim

lity as show

because o

groups inc

specifically

Port Qasim

n of SO2 (µg

at Site 1, S

art Point

Min

Average

Max

SEQS

TWOK

was

g/m3)

Site 2

its of

wn in

of the

clude

y the

was

g/m3)

Site 2

ENVIRON

Figure 3 :

T

and natio

Figure 3.

3.3 Ca

Ca

one Carb

preferenc

Oxygen

value, bu

its seriou

to myriad

3.3.1 MT

observed

was obse

and Site

0.

20.

40.

60.

80.

100.

120.Co

ncen

tration (ug/m3)

MENTAL MO

Minimum, Ma

The averag

onal standa

arbon Mo

arbon Mono

bon atom c

ce to the m

present du

urning in ai

us toxicity, C

d products.

MonitorinThe measu

d at site 1, w

erved at Sit

3 were 0.4

.0

.0

.0

.0

.0

.0

.0

ONITORING O

aximum and A

ge levels of

ards (see T

noxide (C

oxide (CO)

covalently b

more usua

uring the co

r with a ch

CO plays a

g Resultsured minim

which were

te 2 were 1

, 1.8 and 0

End Point

C

OF COAL CONPO

Average (24h

f SO2 were

Table 3 for

CO)

) is a color

bonded to

l Carbon d

ombustion

aracteristic

highly use

s of CO mum conce

e 0.2. Simila

.5. Average

.9 respectiv

Concentr

NVEYING SYORT QASIM

hrs) Concentra

well within

r reference)

less, odorle

one Oxyge

dioxide whe

process. C

c blue flame

ful role in m

entration o

arly, the ma

e concentra

vely.

Pharm E

ration o

YSTEM FROM

ation of SOX

n the presc

) for ambie

ess, and ta

en atom. C

en there is

Carbon mon

e, producin

modern tech

of CO (mg

aximum co

ations of CO

Evo

f SO2

M PIBT TO RA

ribed limits

ent air qual

asteless ga

Carbon mon

s a reduce

noxide has

g Carbon d

hnology, be

g/m3) at Po

ncentration

O (mg/m3)

Start

Mi

Ave

Ma

SEQ

AILWAY NET

of internat

ity as show

as. It consis

noxide form

d availabili

s significant

dioxide. De

eing a prec

ort Qasim

n of CO (mg

at Site 1, S

Point

n

erage

ax

QS

TWOK

tional

wn in

sts of

ms in

ity of

t fuel

espite

ursor

was

g/m3)

Site 2

ENVIRON

Figure 4: M

T

internatio

shown in

3.4 OzOz

when ozo

health ef

active ou

Oz

environm

distances

In some

region.

3.4.1 MT

observed

Concen

tration (m

g/m3)

MENTAL MO

Minimum, Ma

The averag

onal and na

Figure 4.

zone (O3)zone in the

one can re

ffects. Chi

utdoors, inc

zone is par

ments. It is

s by wind.

cases, ozo

MonitorinThe measu

d at site 2

0.0

1.0

2.0

3.0

4.0

5.0

ONITORING O

aximum and A

ge levels of

ational stan

) e air we br

each unhea

ldren, peop

luding outd

rticularly lik

a major p

For this re

one can oc

g Resultsured minim

, which we

End Poin

C

OF COAL CONPO

Average (24hr

f Carbon M

dards (see

reathe can

althy levels.

ple with lu

oor worker

kely to reac

art of urba

eason, even

ccur throug

s of Ozonemum conce

ere 5.1. Si

nt

Concent

NVEYING SYORT QASIM

rs) Concentra

onoxide we

Table 3 fo

harm our

. Even rela

ng disease

rs, may be p

ch unhealth

an smog. O

n rural area

ghout the y

e ntration of

milarly, the

Pharm

tration o

YSTEM FROM

ation of CO

ere well wit

r reference

health—typ

atively low l

e, older ad

particularly

hy levels on

Ozone can

as can expe

year in som

Ozone (µ

e maximum

m Evo

of CO

M PIBT TO RA

hin the pre

e) for ambie

pically on h

evels of oz

ults, and p

sensitive to

n hot sunny

also be tr

erience high

me southern

g/m3) at P

m concentr

Star

Mi

Ave

Ma

SEQ

AILWAY NET

scribed lim

ent air quali

hot, sunny

zone can c

people who

o ozone.

y days in u

ransported

h ozone lev

n and mou

Port Qasim

ration of O

rt Point

n

erage

ax

QS

TWOK

mits of

ity as

days

cause

o are

urban

long

vels.

ntain

was

Ozone

ENVIRON

(µg/m3) w

Site 1, Si

Figure 5: M

T

internatio

shown in 3.5 Pa Pa

dry solid

tiny partic

of differe

particles.

one-millio

10 micro

as TSP.

2

4

6

8

10

12

14

Concen

tration (ug/m3)

MENTAL MO

was observ

ite 2 and Si

Minimum, Ma

The avera

onal and na

Figures 5.

articulate

articulate m

fragments

cles vary g

ent material

. PM may b

onth of a m

ns (PM10),

PM2.5 parti

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

ONITORING O

ved at Site

ite 3 was 7

aximum and A

age levels

ational stan

Matter (P

matter (PM)

, solid core

reatly in sh

ls such as

be divided i

meter).Sindh

particles u

icles are a s

End Poin

C

OF COAL CONPO

2 was 14.

.2, 8.6 and

Average (24hr

of Ozone

dards (see

M10,PM2.

is a comple

es with liqu

hape, size a

metals, so

into many s

h EPA regu

up to 2.5 m

subset of P

nt

Concent

NVEYING SYORT QASIM

3. Average

10.3 respe

rs) Concentra

e were we

Table 3 fo

.5 and SP

ex mixture

uid coatings

and chemic

oot, soil an

size fraction

ulates three

icrons (PM

PM10 where

Pharm

tration o

YSTEM FROM

e concentra

ectively.

ation of O3

ell within

r reference

M)

consisting

s and smal

cal compos

d dust. PM

ns, measur

e classes o

M2.5) and To

e as PM10 p

m Evo

of O3

M PIBT TO RA

ations of Oz

the presc

e) for ambie

of varying

ll droplets o

sition, and c

M may also

red in micro

of particles

otal Suspen

articles are

Star

Mi

Ave

Ma

SEQ

AILWAY NET

zone (µg/m

cribed limit

ent air quali

combinatio

of liquid. T

can be mad

contain su

ons (a micr

- particles

nded Partic

e subset of T

rt Point

n

erage

ax

QS

TWOK

m3) at

ts of

ity as

ons of

These

de up

ulfate

ron is

up to

culate

TSP.

ENVIRON

3.5.1 M

T

observed

(µg/m3) w

Site 1, Si

Figure 6:

T

and natio

Figures 6

3.5.2 MThe mea

site 1, w

observed

and Site

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

Concen

tration (ug/m3)

MENTAL MO

Monitorin

The measu

d at site 1

was observ

ite 2 and Si

Minimum, Ma

The averag

onal standa

6.

Monitorinasured mini

which were

d at Site 2 w

3 were 90,

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

ONITORING O

g Results

ured minim

, which we

ved at Site

ite 3 were 2

aximum and A

ge levels of

ards (see T

g Resultsimum conc

e 72. Simi

were 120.3

101 and 9

End Point

Co

OF COAL CONPO

s of PM 2.5

mum conce

ere 19.2. S

3 were 35

22, 25.8 an

Average (24h

PM2.5 were

Table 3 for

s of PM 10

centration o

larly, the m

3. Average

1.9 respect

t

oncentra

NVEYING SYORT QASIM

entration of

Similarly, th

5.3. Averag

d 31.9 resp

rs) Concentra

e well within

r reference)

of PM10 (µg

maximum

concentrat

tively.

Pharm

ation of P

YSTEM FROM

f PM2.5 (µg

he maximu

ge concentr

pectively.

ation of PM 2.

n the presc

) for ambie

g/m3) at Po

concentrati

ions of PM

Evo

PM 2.5

M PIBT TO RA

g/m3) at P

um concent

rations of P

5

cribed limits

ent air qual

rt Qasim w

ion of PM

10 (µg/m3)

Star

AILWAY NET

ort Qasim

tration of P

PM2.5 (µg/m

s of internat

ity as show

was observe

10 (µg/m3)

at Site 1, S

rt Point

Average

SEQS

Min

Max

TWOK

was

PM2.5

m3) at

tional

wn in

ed at

was

Site 2

e

ENVIRON

Figure 7: A

T

and natio

Figures 7 3.5.3 M

A

288 and

Figure 8: A

0

50

100

150Co

ncen

tration (m

g/m3)

050

100150200250300350400450500

Concen

tration (µg/m3)

MENTAL MO

Average (24h

The averag

onal standa

7.

MonitorinAverage co

259 respec

Average (24h

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.0

0.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.00.0

ONITORING O

hrs) Concentra

ge levels of

ards (see T

g Resultsoncentration

ctively.

hrs) Concentra

End Poin

Co

End Point

Con

OF COAL CONPO

ation of PM10

f PM10 were

Table 3 for

s of SPM ns of SPM

ation of SPM

t

oncentra

t

centrati

NVEYING SYORT QASIM

e well within

r reference)

(µg/m3) at

Pharm

ation of

Pharm

ion of SP

YSTEM FROM

n the presc

) for ambie

Site 1, Sit

Evo

PM 10

Evo

PM Leve

M PIBT TO RA

cribed limits

ent air qual

te 2 and S

Star

Star

elAvg

SEQS

AILWAY NET

s of internat

ity as show

ite 3 were

rt Point

Average

SEQS

Min

Max

rt Point

TWOK

tional

wn in

247,

e

ENVIRON

T

prescribe

ambient a

3.6 No

En

activities

- and fro

the enviro

3.6.1 MTh

observed

(dBA) wa

Site 1, Si

Figure 9: M

0.0

10.0

20.0

30.0

40.0

50.0

60.0

70.0

80.0

90.0

Concen

tration (dB)

MENTAL MO

The meas

ed limits of

air quality a

oise Leve

nvironmenta

, including

m sites of

onment, inc

onitoring he measure

d at site 3, w

as observed

ite 2 and Si

Minimum, Ma

E

ONITORING O

ured conc

internation

as shown in

el Measure

al noise is

noise emitt

industrial a

cluding hum

Results oed minimum

which were

d at Site 2

ite 3 were 4

aximum and A

nd Point

Conc

OF COAL CONPO

centrations

nal and nat

n Figures 8

ement

s unwanted

ted by mea

activity. It is

man health.

of Noise Lm concentr

e 40.9. Sim

were 73.9.

47.7, 67.6 a

Average (24hr

centratio

NVEYING SYORT QASIM

of SPM

tional stand

.

d or harmfu

ans of trans

s monitored

.

Level ration of no

ilarly, the m

Average c

and 54.7 re

rs) Noise leve

Pharm E

on of No

YSTEM FROM

(µg/m3) we

dards (see

ul outdoor

port - road

d to prevent

oise level

maximum c

concentratio

spectively

el

Evo

oise Leve

M PIBT TO RA

ere well a

Table 3 fo

sound cre

traffic, rail

t and reduc

(dBA) at P

concentratio

ons of nois

Star

elMin

Aver

Max

SEQS

AILWAY NET

also within

or reference

ated by hu

traffic, air t

ce its impa

Port Qasim

on of noise

e level (dB

t Point

rage

x

S

TWOK

n the

e) for

uman

traffic

ct on

was

level

BA) at



3.7 Vibration

Vibration is a mechanical phenomenon whereby oscillations occur about an

equilibrium point. The word comes from Latin vibrationem ("shaking, brandishing"). The

oscillations may be periodic, such as the motion of a pendulum—or random, such as the

movement of a tire on a gravel road.]

There are currently no statutory limits for vibration. However, the Environment

Protection Act 1993 includes vibration in the definition of ‘noise’, and as such, the general

duty of care applies as above. Also, under common law, the Department or its

Contractors can be held liable if construction activities result in vibration-induced damage

to property.

3.7.1 Monitoring Results of Vibration

The measured minimum concentration of vibration (mm) at Port Qasim was

observed at site 1, which were 0.001. Similarly, the maximum concentration of vibration

(mm) was observed at Site 3 were 0.395. Average concentrations of vibration (mm) at

Site 1, Site 2 and Site 3 were 0.005, 0.151 and 0.151 respectively

3.8 Lead in Ambient Air

Lead (Pb) is a metal found naturally in the environment as well as in manufactured

products. The major sources of lead emissions have historically been from fuels in on-

road motor vehicles (such as cars and trucks) and industrial sources. The highest levels

of lead in air are usually found near lead smelters. The major sources of lead emissions

to the air today are ore and metals processing and piston-engine aircraft operating on

leaded aviation gasoline.

3.8.1 Testing Results of Lead

Average concentrations of Lead (µg/m3) at Site 1, Site 2 and Site 3 were ND, 0.6

and 0.4 respectively

The measured concentrations of lead (µg/m3) were well also within the prescribed

limits of international and national standards (see Table 3 for reference) for ambient air

ENVIRON

quality T

national s

3.9 M

In

ambient

meteorol

speed an

3.9.1 M

Th

site 2 an

observed

2 and Sit

Th

1 and S

observed

and Site

Th

at site 2,

at Site 2

3.1, 3.9 a

Figure 10:

1

1

2

2

3

3

MENTAL MO

The concen

standards f

eteorolog

this study

temperatu

ogical data

nd wind dire

Monitoring

he measure

d Site 3, w

d at Site 1 a

te 3 were 32

he measure

Site 2, whic

d at Site 2

3 were 61,

he measure

which was

was 17. A

and 3.3 res

Average (24

0

5

10

15

20

25

30

35

St

ONITORING O

ntration of

for ambient

gical Data

y, meteorol

re, relative

a of these p

ection at ea

g Results

ed minimum

which were

and Site 2 w

2, 30.5 and

ed minimum

ch were 3

and Site 3

74.5 and 8

ed minimum

s 1. Similarl

verage valu

pectively

4hrs) values o

tart Point

Ave

OF COAL CONPO

Lead (µg/

t air quality

logical para

e humidity

arameters

ach site is p

of Meteor

m value of t

25. Similar

was 37. Av

d 29.6 respe

m value of H

9. Similarly

was 94. A

80.1 respec

m value of W

ly, the max

ues of Win

of Temperatur

P

erage Air Tem

NVEYING SYORT QASIM

/m3) was

all three sit

ameters in

were me

are given i

produced as

rological D

temperature

rly, the max

verage valu

ectively

Humidity (%

y, the max

Average val

ctively

Wind Spee

ximum value

d Speed (m

re

harm Evo

mperature (⁰

YSTEM FROM

also within

tes.

ncluding wi

easured at

n Annexure

s wind rose

Data

e (°C) at Po

ximum valu

ues of temp

%) at Port Q

ximum valu

ues of Hum

ed (m/s) at

e of Wind S

m/s) at Site

E

⁰C)

M PIBT TO RA

n the pres

nd speed,

each site

e, while the

es.

ort Qasim w

e of tempe

perature (°C

Qasim was o

ue of Hum

midity (%) a

Port Qasim

Speed (m/s

e 1, Site 2 a

End Point

AILWAY NET

cribed limi

wind direc

e. The det

e prevailing

was observ

erature (°C)

C) at Site 1,

observed a

midity (%)

at Site 1, S

m was obse

s) was obse

and Site 3

TWOK

ts of

ction,

tailed

wind

ed at

) was

, Site

at site

was

Site 2

erved

erved

were

ENVIRON

Figure 11:

Figure 12:

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

Hum

idity(%

)

0

1

2

3

4

Wind Spe

d (m

/s)

MENTAL MO

Average (24

Average (24

0

10

20

30

40

50

60

70

80

90

0

0.5

1

1.5

2

2.5

3

3.5

4

4.5

ONITORING O

4hrs) values o

4hrs) values o

Start Point

Start Point

OF COAL CONPO

of Humidity

of Wind Speed

Average

Averag

NVEYING SYORT QASIM

d

Pharm Ev

e Humidity (%

Pharm Evo

ge Wind Sped

YSTEM FROM

vo

%)

d (m/s)

M PIBT TO RA

End

End Poin

AILWAY NET

Point

nt

TWOK



Figure 13: Wind rose Plot Showing Wind Speed and Wind Direction (Blowing from) of water Pumping

Station (site-1) of the Project

Figure 14: Windrose Plot Showing Wind Speed and Wind Direction (Blowing from) of Pharm Evo (site-2)



Figure 15: Windrose Plot Showing Wind Speed and Wind Direction (Blowing from) of Near PIBT (site-3)

4. WATER TESTING 4.1 Methodology

To assess the status of drinking water quality identified locations by the client.

SUPARCO collected the one (01) drinking water sample (Tap Water) from the End

point (NWIZ Water Pumping Station of Port Qasim) 2nd is ground water from the Shrine

Baba Kamal and 3rd from China Camp at PIBT, according to criteria specified by USEPA

and standard methods. The samples were tested in SUPARCO Environmental Lab

(SEL).

4.2 Data Acquisition Criteria

Three (03) drinking water samples were collected. The samples were analyzed in

SEL.



a. Drinking Water Quality Testing Methods and Standards The drinking water quality parameters were measured using the state of the art

instruments based upon the USEPA and HACH methods. The national drinking water

quality standards for verifying compliance status are used for this report. The details of

methods and standards are given in Table 5.

Table 5: Testing Methods and National Standards for Drinking Water Quality

S. No. Parameters

Unit

*NSDWQ Method

1 E. Coliform MPN Must not be detected in any 100ml sample HACH 10029

2 Fecal Coliform MPN Must not be detected in any 100ml sample HACH 10029

3 Total Coliform MPN Must not be detected in any 100ml sample HACH 10029

4 Color TCU ≤ 15 HACH 8025

5 Taste - Non Objectionable / Acceptable

Sensory Test

6 Odor - Non Objectionable / Acceptable

Sensory Test

7 Turbidity NTU < 5 US-EPA 180.1

8 Total Hardness mg/l < 500 HACH 8213

9 TDS mg/l < 1000 US-EPA 160.1

10 pH - 6.5 – 8.5 ASTM D 1293 / US-EPA

150.2

11 Aluminium mg/l ≤ 0.2 US-EPA 200.8

12 Antimony mg/l ≤ 0.005 US-EPA 200.8

13 Arsenic mg/l ≤ 0.05 US-EPA 200.8

14 Barium mg/l 0.7 US-EPA 200.8

15 Boron mg/l 0.3 US-EPA 200.8

16 Cadmium mg/l 0.01 US-EPA 200.8

17 Chloride mg/l < 250 US-EPA 300.1 / HACH 8206

18 Chromium mg/l ≤ 0.05 US-EPA 200.8

19 Copper mg/l 2 US-EPA 200.8

20 Cyanide mg/l ≤ 0.05 HACH 8027

21 Fluoride mg/l ≤ 1.5 US-EPA 300.1 / HACH 8029



4.3 Work Plan

The work plan followed for data acquisition was as under;

Sampling Date : 28-06-2016

Sample Receipt Date (SEL) : 28-06-2016

Analysis Completion Date : 04-07-2016

Supervisor and Field Monitoring Officials: 1. Dr. M. Mansha

(General Manager)

2. Mr. Muhammad Khalid

(Research Associate)

3. Mr. Zahid Husain Memon

(Sub Engineer)

22 Lead mg/l ≤ 0.05 US-EPA 200.8

23 Manganese mg/l ≤ 0.5 US-EPA 200.8

24 Mercury mg/l ≤ 0.001 US-EPA 200.8

25 Nickel mg/l ≤ 0.02 US-EPA 200.8

26 Nitrate mg/l ≤ 50 US-EPA 300.1 / HACH 8171

27 Nitrite mg/l ≤ 3 HACH 8507

28 Selenium mg/l 0.01 US-EPA 200.8

29 Residual Chlorine mg/l 0.2 - 0.5 HACH 8210

30 Zinc mg/l 5.0 US-EPA 200.8



Figure 16: Satellite View of Locations of Water Sampling Sites 4.4 Water Quality Sampling Plan

Site 1 – End Point NWIZ Water Pumping Station (Tap Water)

Sampling Date: 28-06-2016

Site 2 – Shrine Baba Kamal (Ground Water) Sampling Date: 28-06-2016

Site 3 – Start Point (Tanker Water) Sampling Date: 28-06-2016


Environmental Monitoring & Modeling Division Page 24

4.5 Water Quality Results

Drinking Water: One (01) drinking water sample was collected from the Tap near

End Point (Water Pumping Station of Port Qasim) 2nd Drinking Water sample was

collected from the Shrine of Baba Kamal and 3rd sample was collected from the Water

Tanker at PIBT was analyzed in SEL. The sample was tested for biological, chemical,

and physical parameters to check their compliance with National Standards for Drinking

Water Quality (NSDWQ).

The results showed that the chemical and physical parameters were compliant

with the NSDWQ. However, E.Coli and Total Coliform were present in all the samples,

hence rendering the water unsuitable for drinking purposes. Table 6 shows the results of

drinking water sample.

Table 6: Drinking Water Quality Results

S. No. Parameters

Unit

Sample #1 (Water

Pumping Station)

Sample #2 (Shrine of

Baba Kamal)

Sample #3 (China Camp)

Method

1 E. Coliform MPN 7 10 5 HACH 10029

2 Fecal Coliform MPN 1 2 1 HACH 10029

3 Total Coliform MPN 8 12 6 HACH 10029

4 Color TCU 2 2 1 HACH 8025

5 Taste - Acceptable Acceptable Acceptable Sensory Test

6 Odor - Acceptable Acceptable Acceptable Sensory Test

7 Turbidity NTU 2.63 1.94 1.65 US-EPA 180.1

8 Total

Hardness mg/l 180 820 290 HACH 8213

9 TDS mg/l 131 514 116 US-EPA 160.1

10 pH - 7.6 7.4 7.7 ASTM D 1293 / US-EPA 150.2

11 Aluminium mg/l 0.015 0.013 0.044 US-EPA 200.8

12 Antimony mg/l *ND *ND *ND US-EPA 200.8

13 Arsenic mg/l *ND 0.009 0.006 US-EPA 200.8

14 Barium mg/l 0.056 0.121 0.043 US-EPA 200.8

15 Boron mg/l 0.028 0.071 0.019 US-EPA 200.8

16 Cadmium mg/l *ND *ND *ND US-EPA 200.8

17 Chloride mg/l 37 103 28 US-EPA 300.1 / HACH 8206



S. No. Parameters

Unit

Sample #1 (Water

Pumping Station)

Sample #2 (Shrine of

Baba Kamal)

Sample #3 (China Camp)

Method

18 Chromium mg/l 0.003 0.009 0.013 US-EPA 200.8

19 Copper mg/l *ND 0.035 0.021 US-EPA 200.8

20 Cyanide mg/l *ND *ND *ND HACH 8027

21 Fluoride mg/l *ND 0.017 *ND US-EPA 300.1 / HACH 8029

22 Lead mg/l *ND *ND *ND US-EPA 200.8

23 Manganese mg/l 0.014 0.029 0.012 US-EPA 200.8

24 Mercury mg/l *ND *ND *ND US-EPA 200.8

25 Nickel mg/l 0.008 0.011 0.003 US-EPA 200.8

26 Nitrate mg/l 0.025 0.037 0.018 US-EPA 300.1 / HACH 8171

27 Nitrite mg/l *ND 0.010 *ND HACH 8507

28 Selenium mg/l *ND *ND *ND US-EPA 200.8

29 Residual Chlorine mg/l 0.26 0.24 0.09 HACH 8210

30 Zinc mg/l 0.089 0.161 0.124 US-EPA 200.8

31 Phenolic Compounds (as phenol)

mg/l *ND *ND *ND HACH 8047

* ND = Not Detected 4.6 Conclusion

The average levels of Oxides of Nitrogen, Sulphur Dioxide, Carbon Monoxide,

Ozone, Particulate Matter (PM2.5, PM10 and SPM), were well within the prescribed limits

of international and national environmental standards (see Table 3 for reference).

Similarly, most of the parameters were compliant with the NSDWQ for drinking water

sample, except Biological parameters.



Annexure-I (Detailed Monitoring Data)



S. No Date Time SO2

(µg/m3) NO

(µg/m3) NO2

(µg/m3) CO

(mg/m3) O3

(µg/m3) Noise (dB)

Vibration (mm)

PM 2.5 (µg/m3)

PM 10 (µg/m3)

PM total (µg/m3)

Lead (µg/m3)

Air Temperature

(°C) Humidity

(%) Wind

Speed (m/s)

Wind Direction

(Deg)

1 27-06-2016 1200 4.7 4.7 10.3 0.5 6.2 48.1 0.008 20.2 92

247.0

ND

36.0 44 5.1 90 2 27-06-2016 1300 7.7 3.5 10.3 0.8 9.5 53.3 0.005 20.8 107 37.0 39 3.6 90 3 27-06-2016 1400 6.9 4.2 10.8 0.6 9.8 55.4 0.006 20.9 97 36.0 47 4.1 200 4 27-06-2016 1500 7.1 4.5 11.1 0.5 9.5 51.2 0.004 22.0 88 35.0 53 4.1 135 5 27-06-2016 1600 6.5 4.2 11.3 0.4 9.5 46.8 0.005 22.5 78 35.0 53 4.1 135 6 27-06-2016 1700 6.3 4.5 10.5 0.4 8.8 44.0 0.009 23.5 72 33.0 55 5.1 180 7 27-06-2016 1800 5.9 4.2 10.1 0.4 6.5 57.2 0.004 23.7 91 33.0 55 4.6 135 8 27-06-2016 1900 6.1 3.8 11.0 0.3 7.6 57.7 0.003 23.8 87 31.0 66 4.6 160 9 27-06-2016 2000 4.1 3.7 8.8 0.5 6.2 45.7 0.002 22.1 82 31.0 66 3.6 180

10 27-06-2016 2100 4.3 3.7 8.8 0.5 6.3 50.2 0.001 20.7 88 31.0 66 4.1 200 11 27-06-2016 2200 4.4 3.8 9.2 0.4 6.5 47.5 0.002 22.1 101 30.0 74 2.1 200 12 27-06-2016 2300 5.3 3.8 9.3 0.5 6.2 44.2 0.002 20.9 102 30.0 74 2.1 200 13 28-06-2016 0000 5.3 3.7 9.5 0.5 6.1 45.7 0.002 22.4 97 30.0 74 1.5 115 14 28-06-2016 0100 5.0 3.7 9.5 0.5 6.2 45.7 0.001 21.7 101 30.0 74 1.0 70 15 28-06-2016 0200 5.2 4.0 10.0 0.5 6.3 50.2 0.004 21.3 88 30.0 74 1.5 70 16 28-06-2016 0300 5.3 4.2 10.1 0.6 6.1 47.5 0.006 22.1 97 30.0 74 2.1 23 17 28-06-2016 0400 5.9 4.0 11.1 0.2 7.6 44.8 0.006 24.3 97 29.0 74 2.1 23 18 28-06-2016 0500 5.3 4.2 11.3 0.2 7.7 42.1 0.007 23.8 78 29.0 79 2.6 359

PROJECT Environmental Monitoring at Port Qasim, Karachi; June 2016 CLIENT M/s NESPAK

SITE ID Site 1:- Start Point PQA (Pumping Station) COORDINATES N 240 49' 46"

E 670 17' 18.5"



19 28-06-2016 0600 5.2 4.0 11.0 0.3 6.9 44.0 0.005 23.0 88 30.0 70 3.1 23 20 28-06-2016 0700 5.0 3.8 11.1 0.3 6.6 44.2 0.005 23.2 97 31.0 66 1.5 70 21 28-06-2016 0800 4.3 3.4 9.0 0.3 6.5 45.7 0.008 22.3 78 32.0 59 2.1 70 22 28-06-2016 0900 4.3 3.5 9.5 0.5 6.6 44.0 0.007 20.9 90 33.0 55 2.1 45 23 28-06-2016 1000 3.8 3.7 9.2 0.4 6.4 44.2 0.006 21.4 85 36.0 41 3.6 90 24 28-06-2016 1100 4.1 3.7 9.3 0.6 6.5 45.7 0.004 19.2 78 36.0 41 5.1 90

Maximum 7.7 4.7 11.3 0.8 9.8 57.7 0.009 24.3 107.1

247.0

ND

- - - -

Minimum 3.8 3.4 8.8 0.2 6.1 42.1 0.001 19.2 72.0 - - - -

Average 5.3 3.9 10.1 0.4 7.2 47.7 0.005 22.0 90.0 - - - -

SEQS 120 40 80 5 120 85 - 75 150 500 1.5 - - - -



S. No Date Time SO2

(µg/m3) NO

(µg/m3) NO2

(µg/m3) CO

(mg/m3) O3

(µg/m3) Noise (dB)

Vibration (mm)

PM 2.5 (µg/m3)

PM 10 (µg/m3)

PM total (µg/m3)

Lead (µg/m3)

Air Temperature

(°C) Humidity

(%) Wind

Speed (m/s)

Wind Direction

(Deg)

1 28-06-2016 1300 7.5 4.2 8.4 1.8 5.3 65.1 0.345 25.7 103

288.0

0.6

36.0 44 6.2 180 2 28-06-2016 1400 6.7 4.4 7.5 1.6 8.0 69.9 0.251 24.2 120 37.0 39 6.2 225 3 28-06-2016 1500 7.9 4.6 8.8 1.7 9.6 67.4 0.252 25.8 109 35.0 53 3.6 180 4 28-06-2016 1600 9.4 4.7 13.2 1.7 9.8 72.7 0.182 24.4 98 34.0 56 5.1 180 5 28-06-2016 1700 11.9 4.6 13.4 1.5 11.3 73.4 0.193 26.1 88 33.0 59 7.2 315 6 28-06-2016 1800 10.8 6.9 13.4 1.6 14.4 69.9 0.206 25.4 81 30.0 79 2.6 330 7 28-06-2016 1900 9.3 5.8 8.9 1.8 5.4 60.4 0.315 26.8 102 31.0 75 2.6 340 8 28-06-2016 2000 7.9 5.1 8.9 2.0 5.1 64.5 0.326 27.1 98 27.0 94 17. 23 9 28-06-2016 2100 7.4 5.1 8.3 1.9 5.5 61.9 0.195 26.0 92 25.0 94 3.1 330 10 28-06-2016 2200 7.2 5.1 8.0 1.9 5.1 64.5 0.123 24.4 98 27.0 84 2.6 315 11 28-06-2016 2300 7.2 5.1 8.0 1.7 5.2 65.7 0.059 25.0 113 28.0 84 3.1 340 12 29-06-2016 0000 6.9 5.1 7.8 1.8 5.2 67.6 0.069 22.4 115 28.0 84 2.1 340 13 29-06-2016 0100 13.7 6.1 15.4 1.5 13.7 67.0 0.084 24.8 109 28.0 84 2.6 330 14 29-06-2016 0200 13.1 7.0 14.7 1.5 14.1 65.8 0.104 25.7 113 29.0 84 4.6 330 15 29-06-2016 0300 14.1 6.0 15.8 1.9 11.4 67.4 0.088 23.6 98 29.0 79 1.0 45 16 29-06-2016 0400 13.7 6.5 15.4 1.9 10.4 70.6 0.141 24.4 109 28.0 84 1.5 45 17 29-06-2016 0500 12.8 6.4 14.3 1.8 11.3 71.5 0.126 24.3 109 28.0 89 2.1 70 18 29-06-2016 0600 15.3 5.7 17.2 1.9 11.8 73.9 0.154 25.6 88 28.0 89 2.6 45


SITE ID Site 2:- Pharm Evo, PQA COORDINATES N 240 49' 40.4" E 670 17' 37.4"



19 29-06-2016 0700 13.0 6.6 14.5 1.8 9.6 72.0 0.132 26.3 98 29.0 84 2.1 70 20 29-06-2016 0800 12.9 5.9 14.5 1.9 8.6 65.2 0.348 27.4 109 31.0 75 4.6 70 21 29-06-2016 0900 12.8 5.7 14.3 1.9 6.7 63.6 0.229 27.6 88 31.0 75 2.6 90 22 29-06-2016 1000 10.8 5.7 12.1 1.9 6.1 68.4 0.147 27.8 101 33.0 66 2.6 115 23 29-06-2016 1100 9.7 5.9 10.8 1.8 6.1 65.7 0.121 28.4 95 33.0 75 2.6 180 24 29-06-2016 1200 10.6 6.6 10.1 2.1 6.2 68.9 0.135 30.6 88 34.0 59 3.6 180

Maximum 15.3 7.0 17.2 2.1 14.4 73.9 0.348 30.6 120.4

288.0

0.6

- - - -

Minimum 6.7 4.2 7.5 1.5 5.1 60.4 0.059 22.4 80.9 - - - -

Average 10.5 5.6 11.8 1.8 8.6 67.6 0.180 25.8 101.1 - - - -

SEQS 120 40 80 5 120 85 - 75 150 500 1.5 - - - -



S. No Date Time SO2

(µg/m3) NO

(µg/m3) NO2

(µg/m3) CO

(mg/m3) O3

(µg/m3) Noise (dB)

Vibration (mm)

PM 2.5 (µg/m3)

PM 10 (µg/m3)

PM total (µg/m3)

Lead (µg/m3)

Air Temperature

(°C) Humidity

(%) Wind Speed (m/s)

Wind Direction

(Deg)

1 29-06-2016 1400 10.8 3.8 11.6 0.6 6.5 60.4 0.363 34.3 97.2

259.0

0.4

33.0 66 9.3 330 2 29-06-2016 1500 7.9 3.6 12.4 0.6 8.0 59.3 0.395 34.8 95.6 25.0 94 3.1 45 3 29-06-2016 1600 8.4 5.1 9.8 0.7 8.2 60.0 0.352 34.3 89.8 28.0 84 3.6 359 4 29-06-2016 1700 11.2 5.1 11.6 0.7 9.9 61.0 0.196 33.5 101.7 28.0 84 1.5 45 5 29-06-2016 1800 9.0 5.0 11.2 0.7 10.7 62.5 0.192 32.1 101.9 29.0 79 1.0 330 6 29-06-2016 1900 9.2 3.9 12.0 0.7 11.6 59.9 0.098 29.5 93.7 29.0 79 2.1 315 7 29-06-2016 2000 9.9 4.4 11.9 0.6 11.9 52.3 0.104 31.0 85.3 29.0 74 3.6 315 8 29-06-2016 2100 11.3 3.9 12.1 0.6 11.2 53.4 0.106 28.6 93.8 30.0 74 Calm 9 29-06-2016 2200 11.2 3.8 12.2 0.5 11.3 50.7 0.108 31.0 85.4 29.0 78 2.6 45 10 29-06-2016 2300 10.2 3.6 12.5 0.7 11.3 46.1 0.094 33.5 79.6 29.0 84 Calm 11 30-06-2016 0000 9.2 3.8 12.7 0.7 11.0 40.9 0.087 33.5 82.6 28.0 89 2.6 340 12 30-06-2016 0100 8.8 3.5 10.2 0.8 11.2 51.7 0.104 31.9 91.4 28.0 89 Calm 13 30-06-2016 0200 9.3 4.2 9.2 0.7 11.2 52.9 0.085 31.6 92.5 28.0 89 Calm 14 30-06-2016 0300 8.7 4.4 9.0 0.7 10.7 42.7 0.096 30.8 88.6 28.0 89 Calm 15 30-06-2016 0400 9.5 4.4 9.2 1.0 10.4 45.9 0.079 32.2 97.0 28.0 89 2.6 270 16 30-06-2016 0500 9.6 4.2 9.0 1.0 10.4 49.4 0.066 32.0 97.0 28.0 89 Calm 17 30-06-2016 0600 9.8 4.2 8.8 1.1 10.2 50.2 0.063 31.9 102.8 28.0 94 Calm


SITE ID Site 3:- End Point (Stock Yard) COORDINATES N 240 49' 41.3" E 670 18' 54.9"



18 30-06-2016 0700 9.7 4.4 9.0 1.2 10.5 55.3 0.047 31.9 93.9 29.0 89 4.6 315 19 30-06-2016 0800 9.8 4.8 9.6 1.2 10.7 56.2 0.099 35.6 85.7 30.0 84 4.6 359 20 30-06-2016 0900 9.9 5.3 9.5 1.3 8.0 58.8 0.084 34.1 91.6 31.0 79 Calm 21 30-06-2016 1000 10.1 5.3 9.9 1.3 8.7 59.5 0.082 30.8 86.8 33.0 66 3.1 250 22 30-06-2016 1100 10.1 5.1 10.1 1.1 8.4 61.4 0.141 27.4 91.4 34.0 63 Calm 23 30-06-2016 1200 10.1 5.2 10.7 1.1 12.4 61.7 0.285 29.8 92.5 34.0 63 1.5 270 24 30-06-2016 1300 9.8 5.2 10.8 1.0 12.2 61.2 0.296 31.0 88.6 34.0 52 4.1 180

Maximum 11.3 5.3 12.7 1.3 12.4 62.5 0.395 35.6 102.8

259.0

0.4

- - - -

Minimum 7.9 3.5 8.8 0.5 6.5 40.9 0.047 27.4 79.6 - - - -

Average 9.7 4.4 10.6 0.9 10.3 54.7 0.151 32.0 91.9 - - - -

SEQS 120 40 80 5 120 85 - 75 150 500 1.5 - - - -



Annexure-II (MONITORING SURVEY PICTURES)



i: End Point Pictures (NWIZ/ Pumping Station PQA)



ii: Pharm-Evo Pictures



iii: Start Point (PIBT) Pictures



iv: Water Sampling Pictures

Water sampling at NWIZ/ PQA Pumping Station

Water sampling at Shrine of Baba Kamal Shah



v: Noise and Vibration Monitoring

Noise Monitoring at PIBT

Vibration testing at PIBT



Vibration Monitoring at Pharm Evo Noise Monitoring at Pharm Evo



Vibration Monitoring near Water Pumping Station Noise Monitoring near Water Pumping Station

ANNEXURE


NESPAK July, 2016

Annexure-III: ENVIRONMENTAL NOISE MODELING

Annexure-III Environmental noise Modeling EIA of Coal Conveying System - Port Qasim, Karachi

____________________________________________________________________________________________________ NESPAK Page III-1 July, 2016

ENVIRONMENTAL NOISE MODELING Environmental noise modelling describes the process levels within a region of interest under a specific set of conditions. The specific set of conditions for which the noise is being estimated representation or 'snapshot' of a physical environment of interest. However, in practice the physical environment will usually not be fixed, but will be characterized by constantly varying conditions. These variations in real world conditions will subsequently cause the actual sound field to vary in time and space. Thus it is important to recognize that the output of an environmental noise model will only represent an estimate for a ‘snapshot’ of the range of actual environmental noise levels that could occur in time and space.

The noise model for machinery during the construction phase is attached as an annexure III which shows that the noise levels will be high at a distance of 10 meter from the source machinery. This modelling result is applicable when all the mentioned construction machinery is working at the same time. However, ideally this will not occur (all machinery functioning at the same time), so the noise level will be reduced as per the number of machinery working.

ANNEXURE-III Environmental noise ModelingEIA of Coal Conveying System - Port Qasim, Karachi

Dump trucks 70 70 0 1 0 70 10 0.4 70Dozer 55 55 0 1 0 55 10 0.4 55Pneiumatic tyre rollers 71 71 0 1 0 71 10 0.4 71Sheep foot rollers 75 75 0 1 0 75 10 0.4 75Three wheel rollers 65 65 0 1 0 65 10 0.4 65Grader 85 85 0 1 0 85 10 0.6 86Excavator (Tyre) 75 75 0 1 0 75 10 0.5 76Crane 60 60 0 1 0 60 10 0.3 58Dump trucks 70 70 0 1 0 70 10 0.4 70Tendem rollers 62 62 0 1 0 62 10 0.2 59Water tankers 65 65 0 1 0 65 10 0.2 62Plate Compactor 80 80 0 1 0 80 10 0.5 81Vibratory Roller 85 85 0 1 0 85 10 0.2 82Concrete batching plant 80 80 0 1 0 80 10 0.4 80Tractor 70 70 0 1 0 70 10 0.4 70Tractor Troller 70 70 0 1 0 70 10 0.4 70Tractor Trolley-J 70 70 0 1 0 70 10 0.4 70Air Compressor (Diesel & Electrical) 55 55 0 1 0 55 10 0.4 55Electric Vibrator / Petrol 60 60 0 1 0 60 10 0.3 58Steel Cutting Machine 85 85 0 1 0 85 10 0.4 85Steel Bending Machine 80 80 0 1 0 80 10 0.5 81Water Bowzer 60 60 0 1 0 60 10 0.2 57Water Pump 82 82 0 1 0 82 10 0.4 82Power Generator 82 82 0 1 0 82 10 0.4 82Welding plant (Diesel) 72 72 0 1 0 72 10 0.4 72Dewatering Pump (Diesel) 77 77 0 1 0 77 10 0.5 78Asphalt distributor 77 77 0 1 0 77 10 0.5 78Trailer 68 68 0 1 0 68 10 0.6 69

Environmental Noise ModelingCoal Conveying System - Port Qasim, Karachi

Usage Factor (UF)

Equipment Leq(h) at

Receptor (dbA) Leq (h)

Leq(h) Site at Receptor db(A)

Noise level emissions Leq (h)=E.L =Lj+EF

Estimated Distance from Equipment to

Observer (D) E

92

Clearing,earthwork,

foundation, piling, super structure etc.

Predicted Noise Level for Coal Conveying System (Receptor Distance 10 meter)

Activity Source

Typical Peak Sound Level in

Work Cycle (Lm)

Typical MInimum

Sound Level in Work Cycle

(Lb)

Lm-Lb

Fraction of time spent at peak in work Cycle (Ta/T)

Equivalency Factor (E.f)

ANNEXURE


NESPAK July, 2016

Annexure-IV: AIR DISPERSION MODELING

1Pakistan Space Upper Atmosphere Research Commission (SUPARCO)

AIR DISPERSION MODELING OF PARTICULATEMATTER EMISSIONS FROM COAL STOCKPILES ANDCONVEYING BELT SYSTEM

PAKISTAN SPACE & UPPER ATMOSPHERE RESEARCH COMMISSION(SUPARCO)

Sector 2 8, Gulzar-e-Hijri Off .University Road, P.O.Box 8402, Karachi-75270Phone: (92-21) 34650765-7434694941, Fax: (92-21) 34644928










DISCLAIMER

This report containing 16 pages is produced in compliance with the request of M/s

NESPAK, Karachi for “Air Dispersion Modeling of Emissions from Transportation,

Transferring and Storage of Coal” activities to ascertaining impact on ambient air

quality for coal conveying system from PIBT to railway Network at Port Qasim. The

information is based upon the modeling results using USEPA regulatory “AERMOD”

modeling system. UPARCO expert has verified the information contained in this report

and any changes made hereafter would not be the SUPARCO’s responsibility.


PREPARED BY: Name: Dr. M. Mansha

Designation: General Manager, SUPARCO

Signature---------

SUBMITTED TO: M/s NESPAK, KARACHI



1. INTRODUCTION:

Fugitive emissions are emitted gaseous or aerosol materials that do not pass

through vents, stacks or other openings. These emissions can affect air quality

near a source and are regulated by federal and state agencies. By their nature,

fugitive emissions are difficult to quantify. Indirect techniques have been used to

estimate emissions and relate them to some kind of human activity or physical

process (e.g., wind erosion of soils)

2 AN OVERVIEW OF AERMOD:

USEPA developed an air dispersion regulatory model “AERMOD” (American

Meteorological Society/Environmental Protection Agency Regulatory MOdel) is a

steady state plume model. It assumes the concentrations at all distances during a

modeled hour which are governed by the temporally averaged meteorology of the

hour.

The AERMOD modeling system consists of two pre-processors and the

dispersion model (i) AERMET-meteorological preprocessor and (ii) AERMAP for

characterizing the terrain and generates receptor grids for the dispersion model.

The data information flow is shown in Figure 1.


Figure 1: Data flow in the AERMOD modeling system

2. MODELING OBJECTIVE AND METHODOLOGY:

The major objectives the modeling study are (i) to estimates the impact of

emissions due to transportation, transfer and storage of coal from PIBT to Coal

storage yard at Port Qasim, Karachi and (ii) its compliance to Sindh Environmental

Quality Standards (SEQS) for PM10. Following approach is adapted to during the

modeling of the emissions to achieve the above objectives;

(i) Identification of sources of dust emissions due to the project

activities.

(ii) Estimation of rates from the coal transportation, transferring and

storage using the empirical formulas from the published literature

(iii) Pre-Processing of Meteorological data (both surface and upper

profile) using AERMET tool along with basic terrain characteristics

(iv) Incorporating building downwash using BPIP-PRIME (requires source

and building information)

(v) Characterizing site – complete source and receptor information.

(vi) Performing terrain data pre-processing (if required) for AERMOD

dispersion model using AERMAP.


(vii) Running the model for the following two scenarios: Scenario 1

represents uncontrolled dust emissions. Scenario 2 represents the

dust emissions with controls on emissions from coal stockyard,

Conveyor Belt System and Mobile Hoppers at the Transfer Towers.

(viii) Visualizing and analyzing results using 3-D Analysis (a post

processing tool in AERMOD Suit) as shown in Figure 2 for each of

the said scenarios.

In current study, it is also assumed that Particulate Matter (PM as PM10)

emission is contributed due to both natural means due to wind erosion and

anthropogenic activity of coal transportation at the proposed stockpile piles and

transportation system consisting Conveyor Belts System and Transfer Towers in the

project site located at Port Qasim. The size of stockpile is 115m long, 50m wide and

12.5m high within dimensions of site. In the project site, there eight piles (08) with

each of capacity of 55,000 tons are located in the proposed project sites. It is also

assumed that particles size of coals of each of stockpile is uniform and have same

emission rates as estimated.

Figure 2. An Output Overview Diagram1

1 User Operational Manual of AERMOD, Trinity Consultants, USA


3. IDENTIFICATION OF EMISSION SOURCES FROM THE PROJECT

ACTIVITIES:

The coals is transported from PIBT to Coal Stock Pile Yard consisting of eight stock

pile (each having size s mentioned above). In this transportation rout, there are three

Transfer Towers (TTs) and four section of Conveyor Belt (CBs) and finally Stock Pile

Yard as shown in Figure 3. This whole process will result in coal dust emissions

(particulate matter). This routs and process can be described as;

i. Loading of Coal from PIBT to Conveyor Belt System (CB-1)

ii. Transfer of Coal to 2nd Conveyor Belt (CB-2) through Transfer Tower-1

(PQA-TT-1)

iii. Loading of Coal from Conveyor Belt (CB-2) to Transfer Tower-2 (PQA-TT-2)

iv. Transfer of Coal from Transfer Tower-2 (PQA-TT-2) to Conveyor Belt (CB-3)

and L3

v. Transfer of Coal from Conveyor Belt (CB-3) to Transfer Tower-3 (PQA-TT-3)

vi. Transfer of Coal from Transfer Tower-3 (PQA-TT-3) to Stock Pile Yard

The major source of emissions is the Stock Pile Yard due to wind Erosion process and

loading of coal from pile to Rapid Load- out Station. Each of the section of the

Conveyor Belts has design capacity of 3,600 Ton per day and each


Figure 3: Rout Plan of Transportation and Storage of Coal from PIBT

3. EMISSIONS RATE ESTIMATION:

Empirical formulas are used to estimates the emission rates from each of the

major source indentified as;

a. Emissions due to Wind Erosion in Coal Storage Stock Piles2

b. Fugitive Emissions from Transportation Processes using Conveyor Belt

System

c. Fugitive Emissions due to loading of coal from Belts to Mobile Hoppers and

Unloading to Conveyor Belts at Transfer Towers.

The emissions are calculated considering the worst-case quantity (maximum) of coal

is stored has been used. The fugitive emissions factor are adopted from published

2 https://www3.epa.gov/ttn/chief/ap42/ch13/final/c13s0204.pdf








System













System







literature3. However, the real/actual emissions could be calculated based on the

average amount of coal usually maintained in the storage pile. The annual emission

from wind erosion of coal piles was calculated based on the following equation:

AEi (lb/yr) = Q x EFPM x Ci-------------------------------A

Where,

AEi = Annual emissions of chemical I, lb/yr

Q = Maximum potential

EFPM = Particulate Matter emission factor, lbPM/ton coal stored;

Ci =Chemical mass speciation (equal to 1.0 for PM), fraction

While the formulas for emission rates calculation from other sources are given in

Table 1.

Table 1: Emission Rate Calculations due to Wind Erosion

Sr. No Source Length(m)

Width(m)

Area(m2)

Emission FactorCalculation

Emission Rate (g/s-m2)

without ControlMeasures

Emission Rate(g/s-m2)

with ControlMeasures

1 Stock Pile 115 50 5750 AEi (lb/yr) = Q xEFPM x Ci as above

0.21818 0.022

2 Conveyor Belt 1 (CB-1)from PIBT to TT-1 70 1.8 126

k(0.0032*(U/5)1.3)/(M/2)1.4)*(length of conveyor

belt/1000ft)

8.78 E-06 8.78E-07

3 Conveyor Belt (CB-2)from TT-1 to TT-2 1692 1.8 3045.6 3.63 E-06 3.63E-07

4 Conveyor Belt (CB-3)from TT-2 to TT-3 2850 1.8 5130 2.15 E-07 2.15E-08

5 Conveyor Belt (CB-4)from TT-3 to CoalYard

646 1.8 1162.8 9.51 E-07 9.51E-08

Mobile Hoppers (TT-1,TT-2, TT-3 ) 3.5 3 10.5 k*0.0032*((U/5)1.3)/(M/2

)1.4 1.054 E-4 0.17455

U is mean Wind Speed =3.9 mile/hr; M is Moisture Content (%)= 3.5, Active days are310 (85% of the year).

Background Concentration (Annual Avrg) of 110 ug/m3 was used in the model which is

added in the modeled concentrations which was determined from field survey of the

project site using UEPA designated method based upon Beta Attenuation Method

(BAM) were used as Back Ground Concentration.

3 How to Control Fugitive Emissions from coal-fired plants” (Power Magazime, June 1987)


4 MODELING SCENARIOS:

The modeling was carried out for the following scenarios: Scenario 1; Scenario 1

represents uncontrolled dust emissions. Scenario 2; Scenario 2 represents the dust

emissions with controls on emissions from coal stockyard, Conveyor Belt System and

Mobile Hoppers at the Transfer Towers. The proposed control measures include (i) the

continuous water spraying in coal stockyard and Covering of Conveyor Belts and

Transfer Tower one control. The expected reduction is 90%. There will be another

control around stockyard in the form of boundary walls. These walls reduce the wind

speed and hence results in less dispersion of dust. The expected reduction is 90%.

5 RESULTS AND DISCUSSION:

The concentrations of dust emissions from each type of sources emissions (24-hrs and

annual averaged) from the project sites are given in Table 2 for each of model

scenario. The results indicate that major contribution to the dust emissions are from

the Coal Stock Piles.

Table 2: Incremental Dust Emissions from each Scenario and Modeled Source (µg/m3)

Scenario 1 Scenario 2

Source of Emission 24-Hrs Annual 24-Hrs Annual

Stockyard 1466.19 648.2064 147.8421 65.36139

Transfer Tower and Conveyor Belt (BC1) Mobile Hoppers 0.01595552 0.005389319 0.001595533 0.0005387983

While the commutative impact (concentrations) of the emission from each type of

modeled source for 24-hr averaged and annual averaged emission are give in Table 3

and Table 5 respectively.

Table 3: Cumulative Predicated Incremental Concentrations of PM10 (24 Hrs Avrg,), µg/m3

Scenario-1 (Without Control Measures) Scenario-2 (With Control Measures)

Maximum 35645.18 (14658.17, 13658.42) 1460.053 (14658.17, 13658.42)

Minimum 0.00651 (14266.95, 15374.75) 0.00026 (18179.2, 10225.75)

Avrg 1466.194 147.8425


Table 4: Cumulative Predicated Incremental Concentrations of PM10 (Annual Avrg, g/m3

Scenario-1 (Without Control Measures) Scenario-2 (With Control Measures)

Maximum 36561.9 (14658.17, 13658.42) 2004.598 (14658.17, 13658.42)

Minimum 0.00023 (13093.28, 15660.8) 1E-05 (12702.05, 15660.8)

Avrg 648.2112 65.36192

Table 4: Particulate Matter Emission from each Scenario Modeled (µg/m 3)

Pollutant Averaging Period Baseline ConcentrationRange

Scenario 1 Scenario 2 SEQS

PM10 24-hour 90-101.1 1466.194 147.8425 150

Annual -- 648.2112 65.36192 120

The spatial distribution of dust emissions and impact areas has been modeled in both

of the scenarios which indicated the 24 hr averaged and annual averaged increment

to the PM10 (dust) levels in the ambient air around the project site. The spatial

distribution contour plots of 24-hrs and Annual averaged for Scenario-1 are shown in

Figure 4 to 5 respectively. Similarly, the contour plots for 24 and Annual averaged for

Scenario-2 are shown in Figure 6 to 7 respectively

6. CONCLUSION:

The study concluded that the proposed control measures effectively decreased

the emissions and the concentrations were predicted well within the limits of SEQS for

24-hrs averaged (150 µg/m3) and annual averaged (120 µg/m3) when the height of

Dust Suppression Boundary Wall and Wind Breaker Shields are of minimum of 15 m..


Figure 4: Scenario-1; Modeled Spatial Distribution of PM Concentration(Cumulative, 24 Hrs Avrg, )






Figure 5: Scenario-1: Modeled Spatial Distribution of PM Concentration(Cumulative, Annual Avrg)






Figure 6: Scenario-2: Modeled Spatial Distribution of PM Concentration (24Hrs Avrg)






Figure 7: Scenario-2; Modeled Spatial Distribution of PM Concentration(Annual Avrg)





Annexure–VI Plantation Plan

EIA of Coal Conveying System – Port Qasim, Karachi

NESPAK Page VI-1 July, 2016

Plantation Plan for Coal Conveying System - Port Qasim, Karachi About Two Hundred and Forty (240) plants are to be raised in lieu of twelve (12) in vacant

places most preferably near the proposed project area and ornamental plants are to be planted

in the median where pylon will be installed for coal conveying system. Plants are to be grown,

keeping the distance from plant to plant as 4 meters and also 4 meters between 2 rows of

plants. Enough space or open places are available around the industrial area that is present

near the project site for raising these plants.

It is recommended that 4 to 5 years old plants, grown in the nursery, should be procured for the

purpose. Table 1 Shows the types of trees to be planted in the project area.

Table 1: Types of Trees to be Planted

Sr. No. Local Name Scientific Name

1. Neem Azadiraccta indica

2. Peepal Ficus religiosa

3 Kaner Thevetia nereifolia

4 Amaltas Laburnum anagyroides

5. Gul Mohar Delonix regia

Plant Requirements Number of large sized 4 to 5 years old Plants = 240

Cost The cost of raising 240 plants at length of 4.5 Km has been estimated as Rs. 349,310/-

including price of plants, earthwork, procurement of manures, continued supply of water to

young plants throughout the year and its maintenance for five (5) years.

Break-up of expenditure of 240 plants @ Rs. 500/- per diem is as follows:




Table 1: Estimated Cost of Plantation of 240 Plants for First Year

Sr. No. Item Quantity Rate Amount (Rs.)

1. Layout 240 plants 2 MD/Av.km 1,000

2. Digging of Pits 2.5 ft. each 2.5x240 =600 cft. 600 cft. 5

MD/Av.km 2,500

3. Cost of plants including 240 No. Rs.450/- plant 1,08,000

4. Cost of planting of plants 240 No. Rs. 10/- plant 2,400

5. Carriage of plants from private nursery to site including loading/unloading

240 No. Rs. 5/- plant 1,200

6. Cost of Manure and Bhall (silt) including carriage 240 plants Lump Sum 2,500.00

8. Hand watering 200 times x 240 = 48,000 plants

48,000 plants (120 MD)

500/MD 60,000

8. Weeding twice 240 x 2 480 no. 2 MD 1,000

9. Reopening of Pits twice (240x2)/cft/pit 480 cft. 2 MD 1,000

10. Unforeseen --- --- 500

Total 180,100

Table 2: Estimated Cost of Plantation of 20% (50) Plants and maintenance for Second Year


1. Cost of Plants 20% Restocking 48 No. Rs.750/- plant

36,000

2. Cost of planting 48 No. Rs. 10/- plant

480

3. Carriage of plants 48 No. Rs. 5/- plant 240

4. H/watering 50 times with water bowser, one driver and one coolie (240x 50)

12,000 plants (30 MD)

500/MD 15,000

5. Reopening of Pits twice (240x2) 480 cft. 2 MD 1,000

6. Weeding twice 240x2 480 no. 2 MD 1,000

7. Unforeseen --- --- 500

Total 54,220




Table 3: Estimated Cost of Plantation of 20% (50) Plants and maintenance for Third Year

Sr. No.

Particulars of Work Quantity Rate (Rupees)

Amount (Rs).

1. Restocking of 20% plants

48 No. 50.00 each

2,400

2. Carrying of plants from Nursery to site including loading/ unloading

48 No. Rs. 5/- per plant

240

3. Re-Digging of Pits 20% - 48 No.

48 No. (2 MD)

500/MD 1,000

4. Planting of plants with ball of earth – 48 No.

48 No. (1 MD)

500/MD 500

5. Hand watering 150 times of 240 plants

36000 plants (80 MD)

500/MD 40,000

6. Reopening of pits twice 1 cft per pit

150 cft. (3 MD)

500/MD 1,500

7. Weeding twice 240x2 480 plants (2 MD)

500/MD 1,000

8. Miscellaneous 350 Sub-Total 46,990

Table 4: Estimated Cost of maintaining for Fourth Year

Sr. No.


Amount (Rs).

1. Hand watering 150 times 150x 240


500/MD 30,000


500/MD 1,000

3. Trimming/pruning of plants

240 No. (5 MD)

500/MD 2,500





Table 5: Estimated Cost of maintaining for Fifth Year

Sr. No.


Amount (Rs).



500/MD 30,000


500/MD 1,000


240 No. (5 MD)

500/MD 2,500


Grand Total: 349,310

Cost for raising 240 plants and their

Maintenance for five years = Rs. 349,310/-

Cost for raising one plant and its

Maintenance for five years = Rs.1455/-

ANNEXURE


NESPAK July, 2016

Annexure-V: EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN

Annexure–V Emergency Response Plan EIA of Coal Conveying System – Port Qasim, Karachi

NESPAK Page V-1 July, 2016

EMERGENCY RESPONSE PLAN

1. Introduction

Emergency management can be defined as the organization, coordination and

implementation of a range of measures to prevent, mitigate, respond to, overcome and

recover from the consequences of emergency events affecting the community, its assets

and the environment.

2. Purpose of Plan

This plan intends to provide a framework for safety and security to infrastructure, people and

vehicles. It assigns responsibility to organizations and individuals for carrying out specific

actions at projected times and places in an emergency situation that exceeds the capability

or routine responsibility of any one agency.

The emergency response plan provides guidance to;

Prevent any potential sources causing hazard to the resources during all stages of the

project;

Coordinate between various organizations to take actions in case of emergencies;

Protect people and property in emergencies and disasters;

Develop procedures to respond to the emergencies efficiently;

Identify and ensure availability of personnel, equipment, facilities, supplies, and other

resources for use in order to provide timely and efficient response and recovery

operations; and

Confirm that measures taken in an incident are adequate to recover the affected

resources or further improvements are needed.

3. Planning i. Emergency Response Team A group/team shall be dedicated to identify and control potential emergencies during the

construction and operation of the project. The roles and responsibilities of the group

members shall be clearly defined.

The primary responsibilities of the group are described below:



Identify the potential hazard or risk sources that can lead to emergency situations;

Ensure availability of adequate resources, procedures and communication system to

deal with the identified emergency situations;

Ensure awareness and training of the staff to facilitate implementation of the

emergency response plan;

Maintaining the records of any previous incidents; and

Post-event analysis to bridge the gaps of the existing risk prevention procedures.

The emergency response team shall include but not limited to the following;

1. Team Leader

2. Safety Engineer

3. Reporting officer/Inspector

Team Leader Approve/ modify devised measures to prevent or mitigate the risks associated with

the identified risk sources

Arrange resources for dealing with potential emergencies including, financial,

equipments and personnel required to deal with emergencies.

Assure that the Emergency Response plan is adequate, effective and can be

implemented practically.

Safety Engineer Analyze the Identified risk sources and devise measures to prevent or mitigate the

risks in close consultation with the Team Leader;

Develop and implement the Emergency Response Procedures, in case of the

possible emergencies arise;

Ensure effective internal and external communication; and

Provide regular trainings and arrange drills to make people aware of dealing with

emergencies.

Reporting officer/Inspector Regular inspections of the site, to identify potential risks associated with equipments,

materials and work practices;

Anybody from the site can notify the reporting officer about potential risk and/or near

misses on the site;

Record any identified risks and mitigation measures to control the identified risk; and

Notify the issue and control measures taken thereby to the safety engineer.



The designation, roles and responsibilities of each member shall be clearly defined and

communicated to the employees. An outline of the framework of responsibilities is

presented in the following organizational chart:

ii. Hazard Identification A comprehensive identification and evaluation of the hazards/risks likely to cause an

emergency shall be done by Emergency Response Team (ERT). Major potential

emergencies identified in road projects are as follows:

Structural failure

Disruption of Utility (Power, Water, Telecommunications, Gas, etc)

Accidents

Vehicle accident

Fog

Approvals and Quality Control

Team Leader

Safety Engineer

Reporting officer/Inspector

Identify and minimize risk

sources

• Site inspections • Reported risks/near

miss

Develop Emergency Response

Procedures

Ensure effective communication and trainings



Smoke

Power/equipment failure or Vandalism

Fire

Earthquake

Terrorism including bombing

Disease Outbreak

iii. Prevention and Mitigation

The ERT shall work to eliminate or reduce the impact of identified emergencies and

increasing the resilience of an affected community to recover from the consequences of

such events. These activities include:

Design considerations to control flooding, earthquakes and adequate lightening for

fog etc.;

Regular inspection and maintenance of construction machinery and the structural

integrity;

Review of work schedules based on weather updates; and

Security controls based on political situations.

4. Emergency Preparedness

The ERT shall be prepared with all necessary resources and the personnel’s shall be

trained regularly.

i. Resources

Finance and administration

The financial resources shall be reserved for dealing with any emergencies arising on

site during construction and operation. Responsibilities of the person managing the

resources in case of emergencies shall be clearly defined and the required resources

shall be adequate and updated regularly.

Equipment

All the necessary equipments needed in an event of emergencies shall be made

available, as a minimum, the equipments needed include;

Personal Protective Equipments

Alarms/ Warnings



Fire extinguishers

Crowd control, flashlights, signs, barricades

First Aid Facility

Detection instruments, e.g; personal alarm kits; smoke detection instruments

Tools to fix minor vandalism

Communication

All external and internal communication systems shall be made available. Local

emergency numbers shall be clearly posted and communicated to the personnel

involved in construction and during operation.

The local emergency numbers are given below, which shall be regularly updated.

Emergency Numbers

Service Karachi (021)

1 Ehdi Ambulance (115)- 32413232

2 Emergency Police 15

3 Bomb Disposal 99212646

4 Civil Hospital (casualties) 99215960

5 Fire Brigade 16

Trainings

Personnel shall be made aware of the importance of safety, potential emergencies

and how to respond in case of emergencies. One day training and mock exercise

shall be done to prepare, the personnel to deal with emergencies.

5. Emergency Response

Response includes actions taken to reduce the impacts of an emergency event, and to

limit the threat to life, property and the environment.

The emergencies can be dealt with:

On-Site Management of the situation

Off-site coordination to arrange necessary resources to support the on-site

management

Providing advice and reports of the situation to stakeholders



i. Emergency Response Procedure: Any person can report about an emergency, an on-site worker, an outside agency, or

the public. Circumstances change during the course of an emergency in different

events, thus, the procedure will vary as per the specific situation on ground.

However, a basic action plan to be followed in an emergency is discussed below.

This order of response is applicable to almost any emergency and should be followed

in sequence.

Assess the situation: The most important thing to do in case of emergency is to stay calm and avoid panic.

Assess the situation, the cause and most immediate requirement to control, limit

and/or manage the immediate, ongoing, or further damage.

Immediate control: The most senior person on the scene should take control and contact, or delegate

someone to contact emergency services as posted and communicated by ERT and

inform the reporting officer of ERT and explain the situation. The area of emergency

shall be restricted by barricades, tapes and adequate signage, if and as required.

Protection from further losses: 1. Once the site is restricted, to provide protection and reduce further losses, the

source causing the emergency shall be controlled including equipments,

materials, environment and accident scene from continuing damage or further

hazards to the area and people. e.g: suppress fire, prevent objects from falling,

shut down equipment or utilities, and take other necessary measures as required

depending upon the type of emergency

2. Provide first aid if required or in doing so.

3. Designate people to emergency duties. e.g: assign personnel to guide

emergency services on arrival.

4. Headcount People/personnel to identify any missing persons.

5. People/ personnel shall be directed to safe location.

6. Arrange diversions for the traffic to reduce disturbance to the flow of traffic, if and

as far as possible.

7. Preserve the accident scene until experts mark it safe; only disturb what is

essential to maintain life or relieve human suffering and prevent immediate or

further losses.



ii. Communication: Emergency service providers: The emergency service providers’ needs to be kept informed of the situation. On site,

personnel from the emergency services shall be guided towards the emergency

scene, brief about the event, ongoing and potential hazards and cause(s), if known.

Emergency Response Team and Management: Members of ERT shall be immediately informed and the management shall also be

kept informed.

Public: Timely notifications to public shall be disseminated through electronic and print

media depending upon the requirement and urgency of the emergency so that they

can adopt alternate routes and avoid the hazards associated with the emergency

encountered.

Utilities:

In case of disruption of utilities, the utility control authorities shall be immediately

contacted to control the situation.

6. Recovery:

Emergency affected individuals, communities and infrastructure shall be restored in

terms of emotional, economic, and physical well being including the following as a

minimum:

A detailed analysis and assessment of causes of emergency , extent of damage and

gaps if any, in managing the emergency;

Recovery/replacement of the assets and infrastructure;

Reinstatement of disrupted services;

Road and bridge repairs;

Updation of safety arrangements and Emergency response procedures to ensure

better safety and security in any other arising emergencies.

ANNEXURE


NESPAK July, 2016

Annexure-VI: PLANTATION PLAN




Plantation Plan for Coal Conveying System - Port Qasim, Karachi About Two Hundred and Forty (240) plants are to be raised in lieu of twelve (12) in vacant

places most preferably near the proposed project area and ornamental plants are to be planted

in the median where pylon will be installed for coal conveying system. Plants are to be grown,

keeping the distance from plant to plant as 4 meters and also 4 meters between 2 rows of

plants. Enough space or open places are available around the industrial area that is present

near the project site for raising these plants.

It is recommended that 4 to 5 years old plants, grown in the nursery, should be procured for the

purpose. Table 1 Shows the types of trees to be planted in the project area.

Table 1: Types of Trees to be Planted

Sr. No. Local Name Scientific Name

1. Neem Azadiraccta indica

2. Peepal Ficus religiosa

3 Kaner Thevetia nereifolia

4 Amaltas Laburnum anagyroides

5. Gul Mohar Delonix regia

Plant Requirements Number of large sized 4 to 5 years old Plants = 240

Cost The cost of raising 240 plants at length of 4.5 Km has been estimated as Rs. 349,310/-

including price of plants, earthwork, procurement of manures, continued supply of water to

young plants throughout the year and its maintenance for five (5) years.

Break-up of expenditure of 240 plants @ Rs. 500/- per diem is as follows:




Table 1: Estimated Cost of Plantation of 240 Plants for First Year


1. Layout 240 plants 2 MD/Av.km 1,000

2. Digging of Pits 2.5 ft. each 2.5x240 =600 cft. 600 cft. 5

MD/Av.km 2,500

3. Cost of plants including 240 No. Rs.450/- plant 1,08,000

4. Cost of planting of plants 240 No. Rs. 10/- plant 2,400

5. Carriage of plants from private nursery to site including loading/unloading

240 No. Rs. 5/- plant 1,200

6. Cost of Manure and Bhall (silt) including carriage 240 plants Lump Sum 2,500.00

8. Hand watering 200 times x 240 = 48,000 plants

48,000 plants (120 MD)

500/MD 60,000

8. Weeding twice 240 x 2 480 no. 2 MD 1,000

9. Reopening of Pits twice (240x2)/cft/pit 480 cft. 2 MD 1,000

10. Unforeseen --- --- 500

Total 180,100

Table 2: Estimated Cost of Plantation of 20% (50) Plants and maintenance for Second Year


1. Cost of Plants 20% Restocking 48 No. Rs.750/- plant

36,000

2. Cost of planting 48 No. Rs. 10/- plant

480

3. Carriage of plants 48 No. Rs. 5/- plant 240

4. H/watering 50 times with water bowser, one driver and one coolie (240x 50)

12,000 plants (30 MD)

500/MD 15,000

5. Reopening of Pits twice (240x2) 480 cft. 2 MD 1,000

6. Weeding twice 240x2 480 no. 2 MD 1,000

7. Unforeseen --- --- 500

Total 54,220




Table 3: Estimated Cost of Plantation of 20% (50) Plants and maintenance for Third Year

Sr. No.


Amount (Rs).

1. Restocking of 20% plants

48 No. 50.00 each

2,400

2. Carrying of plants from Nursery to site including loading/ unloading

48 No. Rs. 5/- per plant

240

3. Re-Digging of Pits 20% - 48 No.

48 No. (2 MD)

500/MD 1,000

4. Planting of plants with ball of earth – 48 No.

48 No. (1 MD)

500/MD 500

5. Hand watering 150 times of 240 plants


500/MD 40,000

6. Reopening of pits twice 1 cft per pit

150 cft. (3 MD)

500/MD 1,500


500/MD 1,000


Table 4: Estimated Cost of maintaining for Fourth Year

Sr. No.


Amount (Rs).



500/MD 30,000


500/MD 1,000


240 No. (5 MD)

500/MD 2,500





Table 5: Estimated Cost of maintaining for Fifth Year

Sr. No.


Amount (Rs).



500/MD 30,000


500/MD 1,000


240 No. (5 MD)

500/MD 2,500


Grand Total: 349,310

Cost for raising 240 plants and their

Maintenance for five years = Rs. 349,310/-

Cost for raising one plant and its

Maintenance for five years = Rs.1455/-

ANNEXURE


NESPAK July, 2016

Annexure-VII: ATTENDANCE SHEET OF SCOPING MEETING

Eia coal convying at PIBT Port Qasim by NESPAK

Environment

Transcript of Eia coal convying at PIBT Port Qasim by NESPAK